TW201113303A - Colored photosensitive resin compositions - Google Patents
Colored photosensitive resin compositions Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201113303A TW201113303A TW099130889A TW99130889A TW201113303A TW 201113303 A TW201113303 A TW 201113303A TW 099130889 A TW099130889 A TW 099130889A TW 99130889 A TW99130889 A TW 99130889A TW 201113303 A TW201113303 A TW 201113303A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- formula
- compound
- doc
- parts
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/0045—Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/20—Filters
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/20—Filters
- G02B5/201—Filters in the form of arrays
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/0042—Photosensitive materials with inorganic or organometallic light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. inorganic resists
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Optical Filters (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Epoxy Resins (AREA)
Abstract
Description
201113303 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於一種著色感光性樹脂組合物及使用該著色 感光性樹脂組合物之彩色濾光片。 【先前技術】 a 著色感光性樹脂組合物被用於製造液晶顯示面板、電致 發光面板、電襞顯示面板等顯示裝置中所使用之彩色濾光 片。已知該著色感光性樹脂組合物中係使用顏料或染料作 〇 為著色劑(非專利文獻1)。 [非專利文獻1]鈴木八十二著,「淺顯易懂之液晶顯示器 製造過程」,第一版,曰刊工業新聞社,2005年3月,第 112頁 【發明内容】 本發明之課題在於提供一種可形成耐熱性優異之塗膜、 圖案及彩色濾光片之著色感光性樹脂組合物。 本發明係提供以下之[1 ]〜[12]。 〇 [1 ]種著色感光性樹脂組合物,其係含有著色劑(A)、黏 口樹朐(B)、光聚合性化合物(c)、光聚合起始劑(D)及溶劑 ' (E)者,著色劑(A)係含有染料之著色劑,且黏合樹脂(b)係 ^ 含有藉由如下方式而獲得之樹脂的黏合樹脂:使於選自由 雙酚A型環氧樹脂及雙酚F型環氧樹脂所組成之群中的至少 -種(Ba)上加成具有㈣及聚合性雙鍵之單體㈣)而獲得 之樹脂,與選自由號轴酸野、順丁稀二酸肝及四 甲酸酐所組成之群中的至少一種(Bc)進行反應,進而與含 15073I.doc 201113303 有選自由雙酚A型環氧樹脂及雙酚環氧樹脂所組成之群 中之至少一種的多官能環氧化合物(Bd)進行反應。 [2] 如[1]之著色感光性樹脂組合物,其中染料含有選自由 偶氮化合物、以偶氮化合物作為配位基之金屬錯合物及二 苯并哌喃化合物所組成之群中的至少一種。 [3] 如上述[1 ]或[2]之著色感光性樹脂組合物,其中染料含 有式(1)所示之化合物: [化1][Technical Field] The present invention relates to a colored photosensitive resin composition and a color filter using the colored photosensitive resin composition. [Prior Art] a The colored photosensitive resin composition is used for producing a color filter used in a display device such as a liquid crystal display panel, an electroluminescence panel, or an electrophoretic display panel. It is known that a pigment or a dye is used as a coloring agent in the colored photosensitive resin composition (Non-Patent Document 1). [Non-Patent Document 1] Suzuki's "Essence of Liquid Crystal Display Manufacturing Process", First Edition, Industrial Press, March 2005, p. 112 [Invention] The subject of the present invention is A colored photosensitive resin composition capable of forming a coating film, a pattern, and a color filter excellent in heat resistance is provided. The present invention provides the following [1] to [12]. 〇 [1] color-sensitive photosensitive resin composition containing a coloring agent (A), a musk tree (B), a photopolymerizable compound (c), a photopolymerization initiator (D), and a solvent 'E The colorant (A) is a dye-containing coloring agent, and the binder resin (b) contains a resin obtained by a resin obtained by selecting a bisphenol A type epoxy resin and a bisphenol. a resin obtained by adding a monomer having a (four) and a polymerizable double bond (4) to at least one of the groups of the F-type epoxy resin (Ba), and a resin selected from the group consisting of oleic acid and succinic acid At least one of the group consisting of liver and tetracarboxylic anhydride (Bc) is reacted, and further comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of bisphenol A type epoxy resin and bisphenol epoxy resin containing 15073I.doc 201113303 The polyfunctional epoxy compound (Bd) is reacted. [2] The colored photosensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the dye contains a group selected from the group consisting of an azo compound, a metal complex having an azo compound as a ligand, and a dibenzopyran compound. At least one. [3] The colored photosensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2] above, wherein the dye contains a compound represented by the formula (1): [Chemical Formula 1]
[式(1)中,R1〜R4分別獨立表 之一價芳香族烴基,該芳香族3 素原子、-R6、-OH、-〇R6、_s〇 -C02R6 ' -so3r6 > -so2nh2 > 代; R4分別獨立表示氫原子、_R6或碳數6〜1〇 基’該芳香族烴基中所含之氫原子可經鹵 -S03-、_s〇3H、so3m、 H、-〇R6、-S〇3_、-so3h、so3m、-co2h、 、-S〇2NH2、-so2nhr8 或-so2nr8r9 取 -co2h、-co2r6、-so3r6、 R5表示-S〇3·、-S〇3H、S〇3M、 -S02NHR8或-so2nr8r9 ; 於m為2以上之整數之情形時,複數 m表示〇〜5之整數;於功 個R5可相同亦可不同; X表示論素原子; a表示0或1之整數; 150731.doc -4- 201113303 R表示碳數1〜ίο之一價飽和烴基’該飽和烴基中所含之 氫原子可經鹵素原子取代,該飽和烴基中所含之_CIi2_可 經-Ο-、-CO-或-NR7-取代; 7 R表示碳數1〜10之一價飽和烴基,該飽和烴基中所含之 - 氫原子可經鹵素原子取代,該飽和烴基中所含之-CH2-可 . 經-〇-或-CO-取代; R8及R9分別獨立表示碳數之直鏈或支鏈之一價飽和 脂肪族烴基、碳數3〜30之一價脂環式烴基或_Q,該飽和脂 〇 肪族烴基及該脂環式烴基中所含之氫原子可經_OH、函素 原子、-Q、-CH=CH2或-CH=CHR6取代,該飽和脂肪族烴 基及該脂環式烴基中所含之_CH2_可經s_、_c〇_、 -NH-或-NR6-取代;r8與r9可互相鍵結而形成3〜1〇員環之 含氮原子之雜環,該雜環中所含之氫原子可經R6、_〇h 或-Q取代; Q表示碳數6〜10之一價芳香族烴基或碳數3〜1〇之一價雜 環基,該料族烴基及雜環基中所含之氫原子可經_0H、 R6、-OR6、_N〇2、-CH=CH2、_ch=chr^ 由素原子取 代; Μ表示鈉原子或鉀原子; 其中,式⑴所示之化合物之+電荷數與_電荷數相同]。 [4]如上述⑴至附卜項之著色感光性樹脂組合物,其 中黏合樹脂(Β)係含有藉由如下方式 而獲得之樹脂的黏合 樹脂:使於選自由雙酌 Α型環童谢β德ρ , 主衣虱树月曰及雙酚F型環氧樹脂所 組成之群中的至少一種h ^ I )上加成具有羧基及聚合性雙鍵 150731.doc 201113303 之單體(Bb)而獲得之樹脂,與選自由琥珀酸酐、順丁烯二 酸酐及四氳鄰苯二甲酸酐所組成之群中的至少一種(Bc)進 行反應,繼而與含有選自由雙酚A型環氧樹脂及雙酚F型環 氧樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種的多官能環氧化合物(Bd) 進行反應,使所獲得之樹脂進而與含有選自由琥珀酸酐、 順丁烯二酸酐及四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐所組成之群中之至少一 種的化合物(Be)進行反應。 [5] 如上述[1]至[4]中任-項之著色感光性樹脂組合物其 中具有羧基及聚合性雙鍵之單體(Bb)係選自由丙烯酸及甲 基丙烯酸所組成之群中的至少一種。 [6] 如上述⑴至[5]中任一項之著色感光性樹脂組合物,其 中黏。樹月日(B)之含量相對於黏合樹脂⑻與光聚合性化合 物(C)之合計量為20質量%以上、8〇質量%以下。 [7] 如上述[1]至⑷中任一項之著色感光性樹脂組合物其 中染料之3里相對於著色感光性樹脂組合物之固形物成分 為〇.5質量%以上、6〇質量%以下。 []如上述[1 ]至[7]中^ —項之著色感光性樹脂組合物,其 中著色劑(A)係含有顏料之著色劑。 []如上述[8]之著色感光性樹脂組合物,其中顏料含有選 自由C.I.顏料藍15:6、c Iη τ ," 顔枓紅254 ' c.l_顏料紅242、C.I. 顏料紅177、C.I相 顏科綠58、C.I.顏料黃15〇及c.i.顏料黃 138所組成之群中的至少一種。 [10]—種塗膜,i传蚀 、,、使用如上述[1]至[9]中任一項之著色感 光性樹脂組合物而形成者。 150731.doc 201113303 [11] 一種圖案,其係使用如上述π]至[9]中任一項之著色感 光性樹脂組合物而形成者。 [12] 如上述[U]之圖案,其係藉由光微影法而形成。 [13] —種%色濾光片,其係含有選自由如上述[1〇]之塗膜 以及如[11]及[12]之圖案所組成之群中的至少一種者。 【實施方式】 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物含有著色劑(A)。 Ο[In the formula (1), R1 to R4 each independently represent a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, the aromatic 3 atom, -R6, -OH, -〇R6, _s〇-C02R6'-so3r6 > -so2nh2 > R4 independently represents a hydrogen atom, _R6 or a carbon number of 6~1 fluorenyl. The hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be halogen-S03-, _s〇3H, so3m, H, -〇R6, -S 〇3_, -so3h, so3m, -co2h, -S〇2NH2, -so2nhr8 or -so2nr8r9 take -co2h, -co2r6, -so3r6, R5 denotes -S〇3·, -S〇3H, S〇3M, - S02NHR8 or -so2nr8r9 ; When m is an integer of 2 or more, the complex number m represents an integer of 〇~5; the R5 may be the same or different in the work; X represents a statin atom; a represents an integer of 0 or 1; .doc -4- 201113303 R represents a carbon number of 1 to ί, a valence saturated hydrocarbon group. The hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted by a halogen atom, and the _CIi2_ contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be -Ο-, -CO- or -NR7-substituted; 7 R represents a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and the -hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted by a halogen atom, and -CH2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be . Replaced by -〇- or -CO- R8 and R9 each independently represent a linear or branched one-valent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number, a carbon number of 3 to 30 one-valent alicyclic hydrocarbon group or _Q, the saturated aliphatic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the alicyclic ring The hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted by _OH, a functional atom, -Q, -CH=CH2 or -CH=CHR6, and the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the _CH2_ contained in the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be S_, _c〇_, -NH- or -NR6-substituted; r8 and r9 may be bonded to each other to form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring of a 3 to 1 member ring, and the hydrogen atom contained in the hetero ring may pass through R6 , _〇h or -Q is substituted; Q represents a carbon number of 6 to 10 one-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a carbon number of 3 to 1 fluorene monovalent heterocyclic group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group and the heterocyclic group It can be substituted by a halogen atom via _0H, R6, -OR6, _N〇2, -CH=CH2, _ch=chr^; Μ represents a sodium atom or a potassium atom; wherein, the compound of the formula (1) has a charge number and _ The number of charges is the same]. [4] The colored photosensitive resin composition according to the above (1) to (b), wherein the binder resin contains a binder resin of a resin obtained by the following method: ρ, a main group (Bb) having a carboxyl group and a polymerizable double bond 150731.doc 201113303, is added to at least one of the group consisting of ρρ, main 虱 虱 曰 and bisphenol F-type epoxy resin The obtained resin is reacted with at least one selected from the group consisting of succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, and tetraphthalic anhydride (Bc), and then contains an epoxy resin selected from the group consisting of bisphenol A and The polyfunctional epoxy compound (Bd) of at least one of the group consisting of bisphenol F type epoxy resins is reacted, and the obtained resin is further contained and selected from the group consisting of succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, and tetrahydroortylene The compound (Be) of at least one of the groups consisting of dicarboxylic anhydride is reacted. [5] The colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above [1] to [4] wherein the monomer (Bb) having a carboxyl group and a polymerizable double bond is selected from the group consisting of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. At least one of them. [6] The colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above (1) to (5), which is viscous. The total amount of the resin (8) and the photopolymerizable compound (C) is 20% by mass or more and 8% by mass or less. [7] The colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above [1] to (4) wherein the solid content of the dye 3 in the dyed photosensitive resin composition is 5% by mass or more and 6% by mass. the following. [01] The colored photosensitive resin composition according to the above [1] to [7], wherein the coloring agent (A) is a coloring agent containing a pigment. [01] The colored photosensitive resin composition according to the above [8], wherein the pigment contains a color selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Blue 15:6, c Iη τ , " Yan Yanhong 254 ' c.l_Pigment Red 242, CI Pigment Red 177 At least one of the group consisting of CI phase Yanke green 58, CI pigment yellow 15 〇 and ci pigment yellow 138. [10] A coating film, i is etched, and is formed by using the colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above [1] to [9]. 150731.doc 201113303 [11] A pattern formed by using the colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above π] to [9]. [12] The pattern of [U] above is formed by photolithography. [13] A % color filter comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of the coating film of the above [1〇] and the pattern of [11] and [12]. [Embodiment] The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a coloring agent (A). Ο
本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物中所使用之著色劑(A) 係含有染料之著色劑。作為著色劑(A)中所含之染料並無 特別限定,可使用眾所周知之染料。例如可列舉:油溶: 染料、酸性染料、酸性染料之胺鹽或酸性染料之確酿胺衍 作為上述染料,例如可列舉於「举极表 c . 木抖索引」(The ocnety of Dyers and Colourists出版)中分類為染料之化合 物、或「染色筆記」(色染社)中記載之眾所周知的染料: 具體可列舉:C.I.溶劑黃4(以下省略記載「Γ ' ^ 溶劑黃, 而僅記載編號)、14、15、23、24、38、〇 '」 62、63、68、 82 、 94 、 98 、 99 、 162 ; C.I.溶劑紅45、49、125、130 ; C.I.溶劑橙2、7、11、15、26、56 ; C.I.溶劑藍 35、37、59、67 ; C.I.溶劑綠 1、3、4、5、7、28、29、32、 33 、 34、 35等。 又’作為C. I.酸性染料’可列舉:c. I.酸性龙、 汽卜3、7、9、 11、17、23、25、29、34、36、38、40、μ 42 、 54 、 65 、 150731.doc 201113303 72、73、76、79、98、99、111、112、113、114、116、 119 、 123 ' 128 、 134 、 135 、 138 、 139 、 140 、 144 、 150 、 155 、 157 、 160 、 161 、 163 、 168 、 169 、 172 、 177 、 178 、 179 ' 184 ' 190 、 193 ' 196 、 197 、 199 、 202 、 203 、 204 、 205 ' 207 ' 212 ' 214 ' 220 ' 221 ' 228、230、232 ' 235、 238 、 240 、 242 、 243 、 251 ; C.I.酸性紅1、4、8、14、17、18、26、27、29、31、34、 35、37、42、44、50、51、52、57、66、73、80、87、 88 、 91 、 92 、 94 、 97 、 103 、 111 、 114 、 129 、 133 、 134 、 138 、 143 ' 145 、 150 、 151 、 158 、 176 、 182 、 183 、 198 、 206 ' 211 、 215 、 216 、 217 、 227 、 228 、 249 ' 252 、 257 、 258 、 260 ' 261 、 266 、 268 ' 270 ' 274 、 277 、 280 ' 281 、 195 、 308 、 312 、 315 、 316 、 339 、 341 、 345 、 346 、 349 、 382 、 383 、 394 、 401 、 412 、 417 、 418 、 422 、 426 ; C.I·酸性撥6、7、8、10、12、26、50、51、52、56、62、 63 、 64 、 74 、 75 、 94 、 95 、 107 、 108 、 169 、 173 ; C.I.酸性藍 1、7、9、15、18、23、25、27、29、40、42、 45、51、62、70 ' 74 ' 80、83、86、87、90、92、96 ' 103 、 112 、 113 、 120 、 129 、 138 、 147 、 150 、 158 、 171 、 182 、 192 、 210 ' 242 、 243 、 256 、 259 ' 267 、 278 、 280 、 285 、 290 、 296 、 315 、 324 : 1 、 335 、 340 ; C.I·酸性紫 6B、7、9、17、19 ; C.I.酸性綠1、3、5、9、16、25、27、50、58、63、65、 80、104、105、106、109等染料。又,作為C.I.直接染 150731.doc 201113303 料,可列舉:C.I.直接黃 2、33、34、35、38、39、43、 47、50、54、58、68、69、70、71、86、93、94、95、 98 、 102 、 1〇8 、 1〇9 、 129 、 136 、 138 、 141 ; C.I.直接紅 79、82、83、84、91、92、96、97、98、99、 105 、 106 、 1〇7 、 172 、 173 、 176 、 177 、 179 、 181 、 182 、 184、204、207、211、213、218、220、221、222、232、 233 、 234 、 241 、 243 、 246 、 250 ; C.I·直接橙 34、39、41、46、50、52、56、57、61、64、 〇 65 、 68 、 70 、 96 、 97 、 106 、 107 ; C.I.直接藍 57、77、80、81、84、85、86、90、93、94、 95、97、98、99、100、101、106、107、108、109、 113、114、115、117、119、137、149、150、153、155、 156 、 158 、 159 、 160 、 161 、 162 、 163 、 164 、 166 、 167 、 170 、 171 、 172 、 173 、 188 、 189 、 190 、 192 、 193 、 194 、 196 ' 198 ' 199 ' 200 ' 207 ' 209 ' 210 ' 212 ' 213 ' 214 ' 222、228、229 ' 237、238、242、243、244 ' 245 ' 247、 〇 248 ' 250 、 251 ' 252 、 256 、 257 、 259 、 260 、 268 ' 274 、 275 ' 293 ; • C.I.直接紫 47、52、54、59、60、65、66、79、80、81、 82、84、89、90、93、95、96、103、104 ; m C.I.直接綠 25、27、31、32、34、37、63、65、66、67、 68、69、72、77、79、82等染料。另外,作為C.I.媒染染 料,可列舉:C.I.媒染黃5、8、10、16、20、26、30、 31 、 33 、 42 、 43 、 45 、 56 、 61 、 62 、 65 ; 150731.doc -9- 201113303 c.l.媒染紅1、2、3、4、9、11、12、14、17、18、19、 22、23、24、25、26、30、32、33、36、37、38、39、 41、43、45、46、48、53、56、63、71、74、85、86、 88 ' 90 ' 94 ' 95 ; C.I.媒染橙3、4、5、8、12、13、14、20、21、23、24、 28 、 29 、 32 、 34 、 35 、 36 、 37 、 42 、 43 、 47 、 48 ; C.I.媒染藍 1、2、3、7、8、9、12、13、15、16、19、 20、21、22、23、24、26、30、31、32、39、40、41、 43 、 44 、 48 、 49 、 53 、 61 、 74 、 77 、 83 、 84 ; C.I·媒染紫 1、2、4、5、7、14、22、24、30、31、32、 37 、 4〇 、 41 、 44 、 45 、 47 、 48 、 53 ' 58 ; C.I·媒染綠 1、3、4、5、10、15、19、26、29、33、34、 35、41、43、53 等染料。 又,作為著色劑(A)中所含之染料,例如可列舉下述式 (i)〜(vii)所示酸性染料之胺鹽、及式(viii)及(ix)所示酸性染 料之磺醯胺衍生物。 D-(S03)v(CwH2w+1N+H3)v (i) D-(S〇3')v{(CwH2w+1)2N+H2}v (ϋ) D-(S03-)v{(CwH2w+1)3N+H}v (iii) D-(S03-)v{(CwH2w+1)4N+}v (iv) D-(S03')v(CeH2e+ ,OCfH2fN+H3) (v) D-(S03-)v{(CwH2w+1)(PhCH2)2N+H}v (vi) D-(S03_)v{(CwH2w+1)Py+}v (vii) D-[{S02NH(CwH2w+ ,)}p][(S03L)q] (viii) D-[{S02NH(CeH2e+ 10CfH2f)}p][(S03L)q] (ix) 150731.doc -10- 201113303 [式(i)〜(ix)中,D表示來自色素之基。 v表示1以上、20以下之整數,w表示i以上、2〇以下之整 數。 e及f分別獨立表示1以上、丨〇以下之整數。The coloring agent (A) used in the colored curable resin composition of the present invention is a dye-containing coloring agent. The dye contained in the coloring agent (A) is not particularly limited, and a well-known dye can be used. For example, oil-soluble: dyes, acid dyes, amine salts of acid dyes or acid dyes can be used as the above-mentioned dyes, for example, in "The ocnety of Dyers and Colourists" (The ocnety of Dyers and Colourists The compound which is classified as a dye in the publication, or a well-known dye described in "Staining Notes" (color dyeing company): Specific examples thereof include CI Solvent Yellow 4 (hereinafter, "Γ ' ^ Solvent Yellow is omitted, and only the number is described) , 14, 15, 23, 24, 38, 〇'" 62, 63, 68, 82, 94, 98, 99, 162; CI solvent red 45, 49, 125, 130; CI solvent orange 2, 7, 11, 15, 26, 56; CI solvent blue 35, 37, 59, 67; CI solvent green 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34, 35 and so on. Also, 'as CI acid dye' can be enumerated: c. I. Acid dragon, steam, 3, 7, 9, 11, 17, 23, 25, 29, 34, 36, 38, 40, μ 42 , 54 , 65 , 150731.doc 201113303 72, 73, 76, 79, 98, 99, 111, 112, 113, 114, 116, 119, 123 '128, 134, 135, 138, 139, 140, 144, 150, 155, 157, 160, 161, 163, 168, 169, 172, 177, 178, 179 '184 ' 190 , 193 ' 196 , 197 , 199 , 202 , 203 , 204 , 205 ' 207 ' 212 ' 214 ' 220 ' 221 ' 228, 230, 232 '235, 238, 240, 242, 243, 251; CI Acid Red 1, 4, 8, 14, 17, 18, 26, 27, 29, 31, 34, 35, 37, 42, 44, 50 , 51, 52, 57, 66, 73, 80, 87, 88, 91, 92, 94, 97, 103, 111, 114, 129, 133, 134, 138, 143 '145, 150, 151, 158, 176 , 182 , 183 , 198 , 206 ' 211 , 215 , 216 , 217 , 227 , 228 , 249 ' 252 , 257 , 258 , 260 ' 261 , 266 , 268 ' 270 ' 274 , 277 , 280 ' 281 , 1 95, 308, 312, 315, 316, 339, 341, 345, 346, 349, 382, 383, 394, 401, 412, 417, 418, 422, 426; CI·acid dial 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 26, 50, 51, 52, 56, 62, 63, 64, 74, 75, 94, 95, 107, 108, 169, 173; CI Acid Blue 1, 7, 9, 15, 18, 23, 25 , 27, 29, 40, 42, 45, 51, 62, 70 ' 74 ' 80, 83, 86, 87, 90, 92, 96 ' 103 , 112 , 113 , 120 , 129 , 138 , 147 , 150 , 158 , 171 , 182 , 192 , 210 ' 242 , 243 , 256 , 259 ' 267 , 278 , 280 , 285 , 290 , 296 , 315 , 324 : 1 , 335 , 340 ; CI · Acid Violet 6B , 7, 9, 17 19; CI acid green 1, 3, 5, 9, 16, 25, 27, 50, 58, 63, 65, 80, 104, 105, 106, 109 and other dyes. In addition, as CI direct dye 150731.doc 201113303 materials, can be cited as: CI direct yellow 2, 33, 34, 35, 38, 39, 43, 47, 50, 54, 58, 68, 69, 70, 71, 86, 93, 94, 95, 98, 102, 1〇8, 1〇9, 129, 136, 138, 141; CI Direct Red 79, 82, 83, 84, 91, 92, 96, 97, 98, 99, 105 , 106 , 1〇7 , 172 , 173 , 176 , 177 , 179 , 181 , 182 , 184 , 204 , 207 , 211 , 213 , 218 , 220 , 221 , 222 , 232 , 233 , 234 , 241 , 243 , 246 250; CI·Direct Orange 34, 39, 41, 46, 50, 52, 56, 57, 61, 64, 〇65, 68, 70, 96, 97, 106, 107; CI Direct Blue 57, 77, 80 , 81, 84, 85, 86, 90, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 106, 107, 108, 109, 113, 114, 115, 117, 119, 137, 149, 150 , 153, 155, 156, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 170, 171, 172, 173, 188, 189, 190, 192, 193, 194, 196 '198 '199 ' 200 ' 207 ' 209 ' 210 ' 21 2 ' 213 ' 214 ' 222, 228, 229 ' 237, 238, 242, 243, 244 ' 245 ' 247, 〇 248 ' 250 , 251 ' 252 , 256 , 257 , 259 , 260 , 268 ' 274 , 275 ' 293 • CI Direct Violet 47, 52, 54, 59, 60, 65, 66, 79, 80, 81, 82, 84, 89, 90, 93, 95, 96, 103, 104; m CI Direct Green 25, 27 , 31, 32, 34, 37, 63, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 72, 77, 79, 82 and other dyes. Further, as the CI mord dye, CI mordant yellow 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 26, 30, 31, 33, 42, 43, 45, 56, 61, 62, 65; 150731.doc -9 - 201113303 cl mordant red 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 11, 12, 14, 17, 18, 19, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 30, 32, 33, 36, 37, 38, 39 , 41, 43, 45, 46, 48, 53, 56, 63, 71, 74, 85, 86, 88 ' 90 ' 94 ' 95 ; CI mordant orange 3, 4, 5, 8, 12, 13, 14 20, 21, 23, 24, 28, 29, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 42 , 43 , 47 , 48 ; CI mordant blue 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 15 , 16, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 30, 31, 32, 39, 40, 41, 43 , 44 , 48 , 49 , 53 , 61 , 74 , 77 , 83 , 84 ; CI · mordant purple 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 14, 22, 24, 30, 31, 32, 37, 4, 41, 44, 45, 47, 48, 53 '58; CI · mordant green 1, Dyes such as 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 19, 26, 29, 33, 34, 35, 41, 43, and 53. In addition, examples of the dye contained in the coloring agent (A) include an amine salt of an acid dye represented by the following formulas (i) to (vii) and a sulphur of an acid dye represented by the formulas (viii) and (ix). Amidoxime derivative. D-(S03)v(CwH2w+1N+H3)v (i) D-(S〇3')v{(CwH2w+1)2N+H2}v (ϋ) D-(S03-)v{(CwH2w +1)3N+H}v (iii) D-(S03-)v{(CwH2w+1)4N+}v (iv) D-(S03')v(CeH2e+ , OCfH2fN+H3) (v) D-( S03-)v{(CwH2w+1)(PhCH2)2N+H}v (vi) D-(S03_)v{(CwH2w+1)Py+}v (vii) D-[{S02NH(CwH2w+ ,)}p ][(S03L)q] (viii) D-[{S02NH(CeH2e+ 10CfH2f)}p][(S03L)q] (ix) 150731.doc -10- 201113303 [Formula (i)~(ix), D Represents the base from the pigment. v represents an integer of 1 or more and 20 or less, and w represents an integer of i or more and 2 〇 or less. e and f each independently represent an integer of 1 or more and 丨〇 below.
Ph表示苯基,Py表示以氮原子與CwH2w+i連結之式⑴所示 之基。 [化2]Ph represents a phenyl group, and Py represents a group represented by the formula (1) in which a nitrogen atom is bonded to CwH2w+i. [Chemical 2]
(式(I)中,Ra表示甲基。ma表示〇或1之整數)。 p表示1以上、8以下之整數。 q表示0以上、8以下之整數。 L表示氫原子或一價陽離子]。 作為式(i)〜(ix)中之D,具體可列舉:來自偶氮染料、蒽 酿染料、三苯基曱烷染料、二苯并哌喃染料及酞菁染料之 基。 m較好的是表示1以上、1〇以下之整數,更好的是表 以上、8以下之整數。 η較好的是表示1以上、1〇以下之整數,更好的是表示1 以上、8以下之整數。 e及f分別獨立表示較好的是1以上、8以下之整數,更好 的是表示1以上、6以下之整數。 150731.doc -11 - 201113303(In the formula (I), Ra represents a methyl group. ma represents 〇 or an integer of 1). p represents an integer of 1 or more and 8 or less. q represents an integer of 0 or more and 8 or less. L represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent cation]. Specific examples of D in the formulae (i) to (ix) include those derived from an azo dye, an enamel dye, a triphenyl decane dye, a dibenzopyran dye, and a phthalocyanine dye. m is preferably an integer of 1 or more and 1 Torr or less, more preferably an integer of the above or more than 8 or less. η is preferably an integer of 1 or more and 1 Å or less, and more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 8 or less. e and f are each independently an integer of 1 or more and 8 or less, and more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 6 or less. 150731.doc -11 - 201113303
Py較好的是表示式(1-1)所示之基。 [化3]Py is preferably a group represented by the formula (1-1). [Chemical 3]
P較好的是表示1以上、6以下之整數,更好的是表示1以 上、5以下之整數。 q較好的是表示〇以上' 6以下之整數,更好的是表示0以 上、5以下之整數。 作為L之一價陽離子,例如可列舉:鋰離子、鈉離子、 鉀離子、(C2H5)3HN+等四級銨離子等,較好者可列舉鈉離 子。 作為上述偶氮染料,例如可列舉下述式(a)〜(d)所示之染 料。 [化4]P preferably represents an integer of 1 or more and 6 or less, and more preferably represents an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less. q is preferably an integer representing 〇 or more, and more preferably an integer of 0 or more and 5 or less. Examples of the L-valent cation include lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion, and a quaternary ammonium ion such as (C2H5)3HN+. Preferred examples thereof include sodium ion. Examples of the azo dye include dyes represented by the following formulas (a) to (d). [Chemical 4]
150731.doc -12- 201113303 ο rz-hno2s150731.doc -12- 201113303 ο rz-hno2s
(C) SOjNH-R2(C) SOjNH-R2
OO
HOHO
式(a)中,R表示碳數.2〜20之烷基、烷基鏈之碳數為 2〜12之環己基烷基、烷基鏈之碳數為1〜4之烷基環己基、 經碳數2〜12之烷氧基取代之碳數2〜12之烷基、式(a-Ι)所示 之烷基羧基烷基、式(a-2)所示之烷氧基羰基烷基、經碳數 1〜20之烧基取代之苯基' 或經苯基取代之碳數^20之烧 基。 o (a-1) (a-2) 表示碳數2〜12之烷基 l^co-o-l2, L3-0-C0-L4. L2表不碳數2〜12之 [式(a-1)中, 伸烷基。 (表示碳數2〜12之烷基。L4表示碳數2〜12之 式(a-2)中 伸烷基]。 式(a)中,p Ζ2 η Z5 ± p 〜R表示虱原子、碳數1〜4之烷基、羧基或 鹵素原子。 150731.doc •13· 201113303 作為上述碳數2〜20之烷基,可列舉:乙基、正丙基、異 丙基、正己基、正壬基、正癸基、正十二烧基、2_乙基己 基、1,3 -二甲基丁基、1-甲基丁基、ι,5_二曱基己基及 1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基等。 作為烧基鍵之碳數為2〜12之環己基燒基,可列舉:環己 基乙基、3-環己基丙基及8-環己基辛基等。 作為烧基鍵之礙數為1~4之烧基環己基,可列舉:2_乙 基環己基、2-丙基環己基及2-(正丁基)環己基等。 作為經碳數2〜12之烧氧基取代之碳數2〜12的燒基,可列 舉:3 -乙氧基正丙基、丙氧基丙基、4_丙氧基正丁基、3_ 曱基正己氧基乙基及3-(2-乙基己氧基)丙基等。 作為經碳數1〜20之烷基取代之苯基,可列舉鄰異丙基苯 基等。 作為經苯基取代之碳數1〜2〇之烧基,可列舉:DL_ 1 _苯 基乙基、节基及3-苯基-正丁基等。 作為L1及L3之碳數2〜12之烧基,可列舉:乙基、丙基、 正己基、正壬基、正癸基、正十二烷基、2_乙基己基、 1,3_二甲基丁基、^曱基丁基、15-二甲基己基及1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基等。 作為L及L之碳數2〜12之伸烧基,可列舉:伸乙基及己 二基等。 作為式(a)中之Rz2〜Rd,可列舉:氫原子、曱基、乙 基、正丙基、正丁基、異丙基、第二丁基、第三丁基、羧 基、氟原子、氣原子、溴原子及碘原子等,較好者可列 150731.doc -14- 201113303 舉:氫原子、甲基、乙基、正丙基、正丁基、異丙基、第 二丁基、第三丁基、氟原子或氣原子。 式(a)所表示之染料中,作為較好的染料,具體可列舉式 (e)所不之化合物。 [化5]In the formula (a), R represents an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclohexylalkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, an alkylcyclohexyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, An alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms substituted with an alkoxy group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylcarboxyalkyl group represented by the formula (a-fluorene), and an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group represented by the formula (a-2) a base, a phenyl group substituted with a decyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a carbon group having a carbon number of 20 replaced by a phenyl group. o (a-1) (a-2) represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 12, l^co-o-l2, L3-0-C0-L4. L2 represents a carbon number of 2 to 12 [formula (a-) 1), an alkyl group. (Expressing an alkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 12; L4 represents an alkyl group in the formula (a-2) having a carbon number of 2 to 12.] In the formula (a), p Ζ 2 η Z5 ± p 〜 R represents a ruthenium atom, carbon An alkyl group, a carboxyl group or a halogen atom having a number of 1 to 4. 150731.doc • 13· 201113303 Examples of the alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-hexyl group and fluorene group. Base, n-decyl, n-dodecyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 1,3-dimethylbutyl, 1-methylbutyl, iota, 5-didecylhexyl and 1,1,3, 3-tetramethylbutyl group, etc. Examples of the cyclohexyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms as a base bond include cyclohexylethyl group, 3-cyclohexylpropyl group, and 8-cyclohexyloctyl group. The alkyl group of the alkyl group having a hindrance bond of 1 to 4 may be, for example, 2-ethylcyclohexyl group, 2-propylcyclohexyl group, 2-(n-butyl)cyclohexyl group or the like. The alkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 12 substituted by an alkoxy group of 12 may, for example, be 3-ethoxypropyl, propoxypropyl, 4-propoxy-n-butyl, 3-nonyl-n-hexyloxy And 3-(2-ethylhexyloxy)propyl group, etc. As a phenyl group substituted by the alkyl group of 1-20 of carbon, it is mentioned. Isopropylphenyl group, etc. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms substituted by a phenyl group include DL-1 phenylethyl group, a benzyl group, a 3-phenyl-n-butyl group, and the like. Examples of the alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms of L3 include ethyl group, propyl group, n-hexyl group, n-decyl group, n-decyl group, n-dodecyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, and 1,3-dimethyl group. Butyl, decyl butyl, 15-dimethylhexyl, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl, etc. As the alkyl groups of L and L having a carbon number of 2 to 12, for example, Ethyl, hexyldiyl, etc. As Rz2 to Rd in the formula (a), a hydrogen atom, a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, a n-butyl group, an isopropyl group, a second butyl group, and a third group are exemplified. Butyl, carboxyl, fluorine, gas, bromine and iodine atoms, etc., preferably listed in 150731.doc -14- 201113303: hydrogen atom, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, iso The propyl group, the second butyl group, the third butyl group, the fluorine atom or the gas atom. Among the dyes represented by the formula (a), specific examples of the dyes include compounds of the formula (e). ]
作為具有來自蒽醌染料之基之染料’例如可列舉式⑺所 示之化合物。 作為具有來自三苯基甲烷染料之基之染料,例 J夕1j舉 式(g)所示之化合物。 作為具有來自二苯并哌喃染料之基之染料,例如 J夕1J舉 式(h)所示之化合物。 又,作為具有來自酞菁染料之基之染料,例如可列舉式 (j)所示之化合物等。 [化6] 〇As the dye having a group derived from an anthraquinone dye, for example, a compound represented by the formula (7) can be given. As the dye having a group derived from a triphenylmethane dye, a compound represented by the formula (g) is exemplified. As the dye having a group derived from a dibenzopyran dye, for example, J 1 1J is a compound represented by the formula (h). Further, examples of the dye having a group derived from a phthalocyanine dye include a compound represented by the formula (j). [化6] 〇
(f)(f)
〇CH3 150731.doc -15* 201113303〇CH3 150731.doc -15* 201113303
作為染料,較好的是含有選自由偶氮化合物、以偶氮化 合物作為配位基之金屬錯合物及二苯并哌喃化合物所組成 之群中之至少_種的染料’更好的是含有選自由下述式 ⑴〜式⑺所示之化合物所組成之群中的至少一種之染料。 作為染料’較好的是可於太恭 、本發月之著色感光性樹脂組合物 中所使用之下述溶劑中 者中溶解的染料。 作為染料,較好的 好的是含有下述式(1)所:本开娘喃化合物之染料’更 [化7] 不之化合物之染料。 150731.doc • 16 - 201113303As the dye, a dye containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an azo compound, a metal complex having an azo compound as a ligand, and a dibenzopyran compound is preferred. A dye containing at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas (1) to (7). The dye is preferably a dye which can be dissolved in the following solvents used in the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. As the dye, it is preferred to contain a dye of the compound of the following formula (1): a dye of the compound of the present invention. 150731.doc • 16 - 201113303
Ra ⑴ [式(υ中,r1〜r4分別獨立表示氫原子、_R6或碳數6〜l〇之 • 一價芳香族烴基,該芳香族烴基中所含之氫原子可經鹵素 原子、-R6、-OH、-OR6、_S〇3-、_s〇3h、s〇3M、_c〇2H、 _C〇2R6、-S〇3R6、_S〇2NH2、-S02NHR8 或-S02NR8R9 取 o 代。 R 表不-S〇3.、-SC^H、so3m、-co2h、-co2r6、·8〇3ΐ16、 -S02NHR8或-S〇2NR8R9。 表示0 5之2數。於瓜為2以上之整數之情形時,複數 個R5可相同亦可不同。 x表示鹵素原子。 a表示〇或1之整數。 Q R表示碳數1〜10之一價飽和烴基,該飽和烴基中所含之 氫原子可經i素原子取代,該飽和烴基中所含之_CH2_可 經-0-、_CO-或-NR7-取代。 ' & R表示碳數1〜ίο之一價飽和烴基,該飽和烴基中所含之 * 氫原子可經齒素原子取代,該飽和烴基中所含之_0112_可 經·〇·或-co-取代。 及R9分別獨立表示碳數卜10之直鏈或支鏈之一價飽和 月曰肪族煙基、碳數3〜3〇之一價脂環式烴基或令該飽和脂 肪族煙基及該脂環式烴基中所含之氣原子可經_〇h、函素 150731.doc •17· 201113303 原子、-Q、-CH=CH2 或-CH=rHR 6 说, HR取代,該飽和脂肪族烴 基及該脂環式烴基中所含之 τ 吓 3 之 _LH2_可經-〇-、-s-、-CO-、Ra (1) [In the formula, r1 to r4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, _R6 or a carbon number of 6 to 1 Å; a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may pass through a halogen atom, -R6 , -OH, -OR6, _S〇3-, _s〇3h, s〇3M, _c〇2H, _C〇2R6, -S〇3R6, _S〇2NH2, -S02NHR8 or -S02NR8R9 take o. R Table - S〇3., -SC^H, so3m, -co2h, -co2r6, ·8〇3ΐ16, -S02NHR8 or -S〇2NR8R9. Indicates the number of 0 5 . When the melon is an integer of 2 or more, the plural R<5> may be the same or different. x represents a halogen atom, a represents an integer of 〇 or 1. QR represents a one-valent saturated hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and a hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted by an atom of an atom. The _CH2_ contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted by -0, _CO- or -NR7-. ' & R represents a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to ί, and a hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group It can be substituted by a dentate atom, and the _0112_ contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group can be substituted by 〇· or -co-, and R9 independently represents a linear or branched one of the carbon number 10 Family smoke base, carbon number 3~3〇 a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group or a gas atom contained in the saturated aliphatic ketone group and the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be passed through 〇h, a functional element 150731.doc •17·201113303 atom, -Q, -CH=CH2 Or -CH=rHR 6 says that the HR substitution, the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the τ of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group, _LH2_ may be via -〇-, -s-, -CO-,
-NH-或-NR6-取代。j A 卜 ” R 了互相鍵結而形成3〜10員環之 含氮原子之雜環,該雜環中含-NH- or -NR6- substituted. j A 卜 " R" is a heterocyclic ring containing a nitrogen atom bonded to each other to form a 3 to 10 member ring.
农丁尸吓3之11原子可經R6、-OH 或-Q取代。 Q表示碳數6〜Π)之-價芳香族烴基或碳數㈣之一價雜 環基’該芳香族烴基及雜環基中所含之氫原子可經-0H、 R6、-OR、_N〇2、_CH=CH2、_Ch=chr6 或齒素原子取 代。 Μ表示鈉原子或鉀原子。 其中,式(1)所示之化合物之+電荷數與_電荷數相同]。 式(1)所示之化合物中之R1〜R4分別獨立表示氫原子、_R| 或碳數6〜10之一價芳香族烴基。 上述R6表示碳數hiO之一價飽和烴基。該飽和烴基中所 含之氫原子可經函素原子取代,_CH2•可經_〇_、_c〇_ 或-NR7-(R7表示碳數〗〜!〇之飽和烴基,該飽和烴基中所含 之氫原子可經鹵素原子取代,·CH2_可經_〇或_c〇_取代)取 代。 作為-R6,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、 丁基、異丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基、環戊基、己基、 環己基、庚基、環庚基、辛基、2-乙基己基、環辛基、壬 基、癸基、二環癸基、甲氧基丙基、乙氧基丙基、己氧基 丙基、2-乙基己氧基丙基、甲氧基己基、乙氧基丙基等。 作為R1〜R4及Q之碳數6〜1〇之一價芳香族烴基,例如可 150731.doc -18- 201113303 列舉:苯基、萘基等。 又,R〜R4之碳數6〜1〇之一價芳香族烴基中所含之氫原 子可經鹵素原子、_r6、_0H、_〇r6、_s〇3·、_s〇3H、 S03M、-C〇2h、-c〇2r6、-S03R6、_s〇2nh2、-so2nhr8 - 或-so2NR8R9取代。 -上述R表示與上述相同之含義。 上述R及R为別獨立表示碳數1〜ίο之直鏈或支鏈之一價 飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數3〜30之一價脂環式烴基或_Q(Q表示 〇 碳數6〜10之—價芳香族烴基或碳數3〜10之一價雜環基,該 等之中所含之氫原子可經_〇H、_r6、_〇r6、、_CH=CH2、 -CH=CHR6或鹵素原子取代)。 R及R之碳數1〜1〇之直鏈或支鏈之一價飽和脂肪族烴基 及碳數3〜3 0之一價脂環式烴基中所含之氫原子可經_ 〇 H、 處素原子、-Q、_CH=CH2 或-CH=CHR6 取代,_Ch2_ 可 經-0-、-S-、-CO-、_NH_或 _NR6_取代。 〇/、R可互相鍵結而形成3〜1 〇員環之雜環。於該情形 時,该雜環中所含之氫原子可經_R6、_〇H或…取代。 又’上述Μ表示鈉原子或鉀原子。 作為可取代Rl〜R4之碳數6〜10之一價芳香族烴基所含之 氣原子之齒素原子,可列舉:氟原子、氣原子及 專。 ' 作為-OR6,例如可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、 異丙氧基、正丁氧基'第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、正戊氣 基、正己氧基、庚氧基、辛氧基、2_乙基己氧基、壬氧 150731.doc -19· 201113303 基、癸氧基等。 作為-C〇2R6,例如可列舉··甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、 丙氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基、異丁氧基羰 基、戊氧基羰基、異戊氧基羰基、新戊氧基羰基、環戊氧 基碳基、己氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基、庚氧基羰基、環庚 氧基幾基、辛氧基隸、2_乙基己氧基幾基、環辛氧基幾 基壬氧基無基、癸氧基幾基、三環癸氧基幾基、甲氧基 丙氧基羰基、乙氧基丙氧基幾基、己氧基丙氧基羰基、2-乙基己氧基丙氧基羰基、甲氧基己氧基羰基等。 作為-S02NR8R9中…r9互相鍵結所形成之H G員環之The farmer's corpse scared 3 of the 11 atoms and could be replaced by R6, -OH or -Q. Q represents a carbon number of 6 to Π)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group or carbon number (tetra) one-valent heterocyclic group 'The hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the heterocyclic group may pass through -OH, R6, -OR, _N 〇2, _CH=CH2, _Ch=chr6 or dentate atom substitution. Μ represents a sodium atom or a potassium atom. Among them, the compound represented by the formula (1) has the same number of + charges as the number of _ charges. In the compound represented by the formula (1), R1 to R4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, _R| or a carbon number of 6 to 10 monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. The above R6 represents a one-valent saturated hydrocarbon group having a carbon number hiO. The hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted by a functional atom, and _CH2• may be represented by _〇_, _c〇_ or -NR7- (R7 represents a saturated hydrocarbon group of carbon number ~~〇, which is contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group. The hydrogen atom may be substituted by a halogen atom, and the CH2_ may be substituted by _〇 or _c〇_. Examples of -R6 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a pentyl group, an isopentyl group, a neopentyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a heptyl group. ,cycloheptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, cyclooctyl, decyl, decyl, bicyclodecyl, methoxypropyl, ethoxypropyl, hexyloxypropyl, 2-B Hexyloxypropyl, methoxyhexyl, ethoxypropyl and the like. The one-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms of R1 to R4 and Q may be, for example, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, for example, 150731.doc -18-201113303. Further, the hydrogen atom contained in the one-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms of R to R 4 may be a halogen atom, _r6, _0H, _〇r6, _s〇3·, _s〇3H, S03M, -C. 〇2h, -c〇2r6, -S03R6, _s〇2nh2, -so2nhr8 - or -so2NR8R9 are substituted. - R above means the same meaning as described above. The above R and R are independently a linear or branched monovalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to ίο, a carbon number of 3 to 30, a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group or _Q (Q represents a 〇 carbon number of 6~) a valence aromatic hydrocarbon group or a carbon number of 3 to 10 one-valent heterocyclic group, wherein the hydrogen atom contained in the group may be via 〇H, _r6, _〇r6, _CH=CH2, -CH=CHR6 Or a halogen atom is substituted). The linear or branched one-valent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 Å of R and R and the hydrogen atom contained in the one-valent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 3 to 30 may be passed through _H, The prime atom, -Q, _CH=CH2 or -CH=CHR6 is substituted, and _Ch2_ may be substituted by -0, -S-, -CO-, _NH_ or _NR6_. 〇/, R may be bonded to each other to form a heterocyclic ring of 3 to 1 member ring. In this case, the hydrogen atom contained in the heterocyclic ring may be substituted by _R6, _〇H or . Further, the above Μ represents a sodium atom or a potassium atom. Examples of the dentate atom of the gas atom contained in the one-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted for R1 to R4 include a fluorine atom, a gas atom and a specific one. 'As -OR6, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy 'second butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentyl, hexyl Oxyl, heptyloxy, octyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, oxime 150731.doc -19 201113303 base, decyloxy and the like. Examples of -C〇2R6 include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a butoxycarbonyl group, an isobutoxycarbonyl group, a pentyloxycarbonyl group, and an isopenic group. Oxycarbonyl, neopentyloxycarbonyl, cyclopentyloxycarbyl, hexyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, heptyloxycarbonyl, cycloheptyloxy, octyloxy, 2-ethyl Oxyl group, cyclooctyloxy decyloxy group, decyloxy group, tricyclodecyloxy group, methoxypropoxycarbonyl group, ethoxypropoxy group, hexyloxy A propyloxycarbonyl group, a 2-ethylhexyloxypropoxycarbonyl group, a methoxyhexyloxycarbonyl group or the like. As the HG ring formed by the bonding of ...r9 in -S02NR8R9
再者,上述雜環係利用上圖中所0 # 子鍵結。 °己载之結合鍵與硫原 作為Q之碳數3〜10之一價雜環基,可列舉: 15073 丨.d〇c -20- 201113303Further, the above heterocyclic ring system utilizes the 0# subbond in the above figure. ° The binding bond and sulfur originally carried as a carbon number of 3 to 10 one-valent heterocyclic group of Q, can be cited as: 15073 丨.d〇c -20- 201113303
再者’ Q之雜%基之結合鍵可設為任意位置。 作為-S〇3R6’例如可列舉:甲氧基賴基、乙氧基石黃酿 基、己氧基崎醯基、癸氧基確醯基等。 〇 作為_S〇2NHR8,可列舉:N·甲基胺相基、N_乙基胺 石黃酿基、N-丙基胺績酿基、N.異丙基胺績醯基、ν·丁基胺 石黃酿基、Ν-異丁基胺績醯基、N—戊基胺績酿基、ν·異戍基 胺續醯基、Ν·新戊基胺伽基、Ν·㈣基胺相基、η 基胺磺醯基、Ν-環己基胺磺醯基、义庚基胺磺醯基、…環 庚基胺磺醯基、Ν-辛基胺磺醯基、Ν_(2_乙基己基)胺磺醯 基、N-(l,5-二曱基己基)胺磺醯基、Ν_環辛基胺磺醯基、 Ν-壬基胺磺醯基、Ν-癸基胺磺醯基、Ν-三環癸基胺磺醯 基、Ν-甲氧基丙基胺磺醯基、Ν_乙氧基丙基胺磺醯基、Ν_ 丙氧基丙基胺磺醯基、Ν-異丙氧基丙基胺磺醯基、Ν_己氧 • 基丙基胺續醯基、Ν-(2-乙基己氧基丙基)胺確醯基、Ν_(曱 、氧基己基)胺續醯基、Ν-(3-苯基-1-甲基丙基)胺續醯基等。 進而,作為-SC^NHR8,可列舉下述式所示之基。 [化8] ΛΛ‘γ^。2 150731.doc •21 - 201113303 [化9]Further, the bonding key of the 'Q% miscellaneous base' can be set to any position. Examples of the -S〇3R6' include a methoxy lysyl group, an ethoxy sulphate base, a hexyloxy sulfenyl group, and a decyloxy group. 〇 as _S〇2NHR8, can be exemplified by: N·methylamine phase group, N-ethylamine yellow wine base, N-propyl amine base, N. isopropylamine base, ν·丁Alkaloid yellow base, Ν-isobutylamine oxime, N-pentylamine ketone, ν·isodecylamine hydrazino, Ν·nepentylamine gamma, Ν·(tetra)ylamine Phase group, η-aminosulfonyl, fluorene-cyclohexylamine sulfonyl, heptylamine sulfonyl, cycloheptylamine sulfonyl, fluorenyl-octylamine sulfonyl, Ν_(2_B Aminosulfonyl, N-(l,5-didecylhexyl)amine sulfonyl, fluorene-cyclooctylamine sulfonyl, fluorenyl-hydrazinylsulfonyl, fluorenyl-decylamine sulfonate Indenyl, fluorene-tricyclodecylamine sulfonyl, fluorenyl-methoxypropylamine sulfonyl, hydrazine-ethoxypropyl sulfonyl sulfonyl, hydrazine-propoxypropylamine sulfonyl sulfhydryl -Isopropoxypropylamine sulfonyl, Ν-hexyloxypropylamine hydrazino, Ν-(2-ethylhexyloxypropyl)amine, Ν-(曱, oxyhexyl Amine thiol, Ν-(3-phenyl-1-methylpropyl)amine hydrazino and the like. Further, examples of -SC^NHR8 include a group represented by the following formula. [Chemical 8] ΛΛ ‘γ^. 2 150731.doc •21 - 201113303 [Chemistry 9]
——NHS〇2 ^Jx^NHS〇2——NHS〇2 ^Jx^NHS〇2
SvX1V/nhso2 )<!^2 NHSO,SvX1V/nhso2 )<!^2 NHSO,
Xy NHS〇2 [化 10]Xy NHS〇2 [化10]
[化 ll] HO HO* nhso2 hct ,ΝΗί 、nhso2[Hist] ll] HO HO* nhso2 hct , ΝΗί , nhso2
HO ^^v^NHSOz HO^^Y^NHSOaHO ^^v^NHSOz HO^^Y^NHSOa
OHOH
ms〇2 ,OH HO,^S^〇Vs^V'nhso2 X1 nhs〇2 X1 *^S^vNHS〇2Ms〇2 , OH HO, ^S^〇Vs^V'nhso2 X1 nhs〇2 X1 *^S^vNHS〇2
NHSO,NHSO,
CF3CH2NHS〇2 CF3(CF2)7CH2NHs〇2 CI 150731.doc • 22- 201113303 上述式中,X1表示鹵素原子。作為X1之鹵素原子,可 舉:氟原子、氯原子及溴原子。 [化 12]CF3CH2NHS〇2 CF3(CF2)7CH2NHs〇2 CI 150731.doc • 22- 201113303 In the above formula, X1 represents a halogen atom. The halogen atom of X1 may, for example, be a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom. [化 12]
Me0-NHS02 ^〇ν-^*ΝΗ502 NHS〇2Me0-NHS02 ^〇ν-^*ΝΗ502 NHS〇2
〇、 NHS〇2〇, NHS〇2
nhso2 〇 [化 13]Nhso2 〇 [Chem. 13]
HO .NHi〇2HO .NHi〇2
^\^nhso2 [化 14]^\^nhso2 [化14]
150731.doc -23- 201113303 [化 15]150731.doc -23- 201113303 [Chem. 15]
上述式中,X3表示碳數1〜3之烷基或碳數1〜3之烷氧基, 該烷基及烷氧基之氫原子可經ifi素原子取代。 作為可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1〜3之烷基,可列舉:曱 基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、全氟甲基等。 作為可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1〜3之烷氧基,可列舉: 甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等。 [化 16]In the above formula, X3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom of the alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be substituted with an ifi atom. The alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom may, for example, be an alkyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group or a perfluoromethyl group. Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group and the like. [Chemistry 16]
150731.doc 24· 201113303150731.doc 24· 201113303
[化 17][Chem. 17]
ΝΝ
XT, Ο [化 18] j ^-vn^v.NHS〇2 八晒2 CXT (y^° ,xy nhso2 NHS〇2XT, Ο [化 18] j ^-vn^v.NHS〇2 八晒2 CXT (y^° ,xy nhso2 NHS〇2
nhso2Nhso2
ctCt
nhso2 Ο [化 19]Nhso2 Ο [Chem. 19]
150731.doc -25- 201113303150731.doc -25- 201113303
NH |〇2NH |〇2
丄处八甲,λ"表示與上述相同之含義。 上述式中,X2表示碳數1〜3之烷基、碳數〗~3之烷氧美、 鹵素原子或硝基,該烷基及該烷氧基中所含之氫原 鹵素原子取代。 、σ ^ 子作為Χ2之函素原子,可列舉:氟原子、氣原子及㈣ 作為可經函素原子取代之碳數〗〜3 基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、三敦甲基等。歹]舉.子 作為可經齒素原子取代 甲氧基、乙氧Α ^ 数3之烷乳基,可列舉: Q虱基、丙氧基等。 [化 21]At the top of the eight, λ" means the same meaning as above. In the above formula, X2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1-3, a halogen atom or a nitro group, and the alkyl group and the hydrogen atom halogen atom contained in the alkoxy group are substituted. , σ ^ sub-character atom of Χ 2, can be cited as: fluorine atom, gas atom and (iv) as a carbon atom can be substituted by the atomic number 〜~3 base, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, Sandon methyl Wait.作为] 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 [Chem. 21]
NHSNHS
J50731.doc -26 - 201113303J50731.doc -26 - 201113303
其中’作為-S02NHR8,較好的是R8為碳數 Q 飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數5〜7之脂環式烴基、烯丙基、苯 基、碳數8〜10之芳烷基、碳數2〜8之含羥基之飽和脂肪族 烴基及芳基或者碳數2〜8之含貌氧基之飽和脂 芳基者,尤其好的是〜乙基己基者。 “或 作為-S〇2NW,例如 [化22] 巧舉下4式所示之基。Wherein 'as -S02NHR8, preferably R8 is a carbon number Q saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a carbon number 5 to 7 alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an allyl group, a phenyl group, an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 8 to 10, and a carbon number 2 to 8 of a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a hydroxyl group and an aryl group or a saturated aliphatic aryl group having a carbon number of 2 to 8 and having a methoxy group, particularly preferably an ethylhexyl group. "Or as -S〇2NW, for example [Chem. 22], the base shown in Equation 4.
150731.doc -27- 201113303 1 1 S02 s°2 、。八/^〇 八产、 [化 24]150731.doc -27- 201113303 1 1 S02 s°2 ,.八/^〇 Eight production, [Chemistry 24]
上述式中,X2表示與上述相同之含義。 150731.doc -28- 201113303 [化 26]In the above formula, X2 represents the same meaning as described above. 150731.doc -28- 201113303 [Chem. 26]
\ 〇 作為_S〇2NRR9中所含之R8及Μ,較好的是碳數… ㈣飽和脂肪族煙基、碳數5〜7之脂環式煙基、稀丙基 本基、碳數8〜1〇之芳烧&、碳數2〜8之含經基之飽和鹿 族I基及芳基或者碳數2〜8之含貌氧基之飽和脂肪族煙 或芳基,尤其好的是2_乙基己基。 作為式(1)中之R〜r4之碳數6〜1〇的芳香族烴基之取 基,較好的是乙基、丙基、苯基、二甲基苯基、_s〇 或-SO2NHR8。 作為具有取代基之碳數6〜10之芳香族烴基,可列舉: 基苯基、二甲基苯基、三甲基苯基、乙基苯基、己基 基癸基笨基、氟苯基、氯苯基、溴苯基、經苯基、甲 J5073l.doc •29- 201113303 基苯基、二甲氧基苯基、乙氧基苯基、己氧基苯基、癸氧 基苯基、三氟甲基苯基等。 式(1)中之R1〜R4中,較好的是R丨與R2中之至少一者或汉3 與R中之至少一者為碳數丨〜4之一價飽和烴基或可經取代 之碳數6〜1〇之一價芳香族烴基。 又,較好的是R1與R2中之至少一者且R3與R4中之至少一 反數1 4之饧飽和赵基或可經取代之碳數6〜丨〇之一 價芳香族烴基,更好的是R1與R2中之至少一者且尺3與Μ中 之至少—者為可經取代之碳數6〜1〇之一價芳香族烴基。 式⑴所示之化合物中之R5表示-so3·、-so3H、so3M、 〇2H、_C〇2R6、_s〇3R6 s〇2Nhr8 或 _s〇2Nr8r9。 式(1)中,m表示〇〜5之整數,於也為2以上之整數之情形 時,複數個R5可相同亦可不同。 為R ’較好者可列舉:羧基、乙氧基羰基、磺基、 醯基乙|己Ϊ基丙基)胺續酿基、N-(1,5-二甲基己基)胺績 基)胺續醯t本基小甲基丙基)胺祕基、N_(異丙氧基丙 中’ X表示鹵素原子,a表示…之整數。 原子^所示^素原子’可列舉:氟科、氯原子及漠 作為式(1)所示之化合物 所示之化合物。 [化 27] 較好的是下述式(1-1)或(1_2) 150731.doc -30- 201113303\ 〇 as R8 and Μ contained in _S〇2NRR9, preferably carbon number... (4) saturated aliphatic nicotine, alicyclic nicotine with a carbon number of 5 to 7, propyl radical, carbon number 8~ 1 〇 芳 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧 烧2-ethylhexyl. The group of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms of R to r4 in the formula (1) is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a phenyl group, a dimethylphenyl group, _s〇 or -SO2NHR8. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms having a substituent include a phenyl group, a dimethylphenyl group, a trimethylphenyl group, an ethylphenyl group, a hexyl decyl group, a fluorophenyl group, and the like. Chlorophenyl, bromophenyl, phenyl, methyl J5073l.doc •29- 201113303 phenyl, dimethoxyphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, hexyloxyphenyl, decyloxyphenyl, tri Fluoromethylphenyl and the like. In R1 to R4 in the formula (1), it is preferred that at least one of R丨 and R2 or at least one of Han 3 and R is a carbon number 4 4 or a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group or may be substituted. A carbon number of 6 to 1 〇 one-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group. Further, it is preferred that at least one of R1 and R2 and at least one of R3 and R4 have an inverse number of 14 or more, or a substituted carbon number of 6 to 丨〇 one-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, Preferably, at least one of R1 and R2 and at least one of the ruthenium 3 and the ruthenium are substituted carbon number 6 to 1 fluorene monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups. R5 in the compound represented by the formula (1) represents -so3., -so3H, so3M, 〇2H, _C〇2R6, _s〇3R6 s〇2Nhr8 or _s〇2Nr8r9. In the formula (1), m represents an integer of 〇~5, and in the case of an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R5s may be the same or different. Preferred examples of R ' are: a carboxyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a mercaptoethyl group; hexyl propyl propyl) amine continuation base, and N-(1,5-dimethylhexyl)amine. Amine 醯t 本 小 小 甲基 甲基 甲基 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙 异丙A chlorine atom and a compound represented by the compound represented by the formula (1) are preferably the following formula (1-1) or (1_2) 150731.doc -30-201113303
6 中,Rn〜rM分別獨立表示氫原子、-r6或碳數 之方香族煙基’該芳香族烴基中所含之氫原子可經鹵 素原子、-R6、^TT 6 '〇H、-〇R、-S〇3-、-S03H、-S03Na、-C02H、 C O 2 R 6、_ r 6 Ο 3R、-S〇2NH2、-so2nhr8 或-so2nr8r9 取 代。In 6 , Rn to rM each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a -r6 or a carbon number of the aromatic smog group. The hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may pass through a halogen atom, -R6, ^TT 6 '〇H,- 〇R, -S〇3-, -S03H, -S03Na, -C02H, CO 2 R 6 , _ r 6 Ο 3R, -S〇2NH2, -so2nhr8 or -so2nr8r9 are substituted.
Rl5表示氫原子、 或-S02NR8R9。 Rl6 表示-S〇3_ 或-S02NR8R9。 -S〇3-、-S〇3H、-so2nh2 、_s〇3H 、_so2nh2 -so2nhr8 -so2nhr8Rl5 represents a hydrogen atom or -S02NR8R9. Rl6 represents -S〇3_ or -S02NR8R9. -S〇3-, -S〇3H, -so2nh2, _s〇3H, _so2nh2 -so2nhr8 -so2nhr8
R6、R8、r9、 其中,式(K m、 1)所 同] x及a表示與上述相同之含義。 不之化合物之+電荷數與_電荷數相 [化 28]R6, R8, r9, wherein the formula (K m, 1) is the same as x and a represents the same meaning as described above. The number of +charges of the compound and the number of _charges of the compound [Chem. 28]
、-R26或碳數 氫原子可經鹵 150731.doc ' 31. 201113303 素原子、-R26、-〇H、-OR26、-S03·、-S〇3Na、-C02H、 -C02R26、-S〇3h、-S03R26或-so2nhr28取代。 R25 表示-S〇3.、-S03Na、-C02H、-C02R26、-S03H 或-so2nhr28 〇 R26表示碳數1〜10之飽和烴基,該飽和烴基中所含之氫 原子可經-OR27或鹵素原子取代。 2 7 R表示碳數1〜10之飽和烴基,該飽和烴基中所含之氫 原子可經i素原子取代。 R28表示氫原子、_R26、_c〇2R26或碳數6〜1〇之芳香族烴 基’该芳香族煙基中所含之氫原子可經_R26或_〇R26取代。 m、X及a表示與上述相同之含義。 其中,式(1 -2)所示之化合物之+電荷數與電荷數相 同]0 另外作為式(1)所示之化合物,較好的是下述式(1_3) 所示之化合物。 [化 29], -R26 or a carbon number hydrogen atom may be halogenated 150731.doc ' 31. 201113303 Atom, -R26, -〇H, -OR26, -S03·, -S〇3Na, -C02H, -C02R26, -S〇3h , -S03R26 or -so2nhr28 replaced. R25 represents -S〇3., -S03Na, -C02H, -C02R26, -S03H or -so2nhr28 〇R26 represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may pass through -OR27 or a halogen atom. Replace. 2 7 R represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an i atom. R28 represents a hydrogen atom, _R26, _c〇2R26 or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms. The hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic smog group may be substituted by _R26 or _〇R26. m, X and a represent the same meanings as described above. In the compound represented by the formula (1-2), the number of charges is the same as the number of charges.] 0 Further, the compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1-3). [化29]
及R32分別獨立表示苯基, 原子、-R26、_〇R26、 I,該苯基中所含 -C〇2R26、-S03R26 [式(1-3)中,及r32分 之氫原子可經豳素原子、 或-S02NHR28取代。 150731.doc •32- 201113303 »33 • 28 >28 R33表示佩或奶細以 =表示氫原子、s〇3•或_s〇2Nhr2 R 、R 8、x乃。主- 盆 表不與上述相同之含義。 其中’式(U)所示之化合 同]。 初之電何數與-電荷數相 進而’作為式⑴所示之化 所示之化合物。 《好的疋下4式(1-4) Ο [化 30]And R32 independently represent a phenyl group, an atom, -R26, _〇R26, I, and -C〇2R26, -S03R26 contained in the phenyl group [in the formula (1-3), and a hydrogen atom of r32 may be passed through Substituted by a prime atom, or -S02NHR28. 150731.doc •32- 201113303 »33 • 28 >28 R33 means that the pin or milk is represented by a = hydrogen atom, s〇3• or _s〇2Nhr2 R , R 8 , x is. The main-pot table does not have the same meaning as above. Wherein the formula shown by the formula (U)]. The number of the first electric charge and the - charge number phase are further referred to as a compound represented by the formula (1). "Good 疋 4 (1-4) Ο [Chem. 30]
H, [式(1-4)中’ R4>R42分別獨立表示苯基該苯基中所含 之氫4科可經_r26或_s〇2Nhr28取代。 R 表不-8〇3·或-S02NHR28。 R26、R28 一 、入及a表示與上述相同之含義。 Ο 其 中,4 '、,式(1_4)所示之化合物之+電荷數與-電荷數相 同]。 _ 弋(1)所示之化合物,例如可列舉下述式(1 a)〜式(1 f) 所示之化合物。 [化 3 1]H, [In the formula (1-4), R4> R42 independently represents a phenyl group. The hydrogen contained in the phenyl group may be substituted by _r26 or _s〇2Nhr28. The R table is not -8〇3· or -S02NHR28. R26, R28, and a represent the same meaning as described above. Ο Among them, the compound represented by 4 ', (1_4) has the same charge number as the - charge number]. The compound represented by the formula (1) to the formula (1f) is exemplified by the compound represented by the formula (1). [Chem. 3 1]
(1a) 150731.doc -33. 201113303 ' -S〇3* ' -SO3H ' 。X及a表示與上 [式(la)中’ R51及分別獨立表示氣原子 _c〇2h或-s〇2nhr5、r5〇表示2乙基己基 述相同之含義。 其中’式(la)所示之化合物 [化 32](1a) 150731.doc -33. 201113303 ' -S〇3* ' -SO3H ' . X and a are the same meanings as in the above [in the formula (la), R51 and independently represent the gas atom _c 〇 2h or - s 〇 2 n hr 5, and r 5 〇 represents 2 ethyl hexyl. Wherein the compound represented by the formula (la) [Chem. 32]
(1b) 之+電荷數與-電荷數相同 表示與上述相同之含義。其中The + charge number of (1b) is the same as the - charge number, and has the same meaning as described above. among them
LiUlb)中 示之化合物之+電荷數與-電荷數相同]。 式⑽所示之化合物為式(叫所示之化合物之互變異 構物。 [化 33]The compound shown in LiUlb) has the same charge number as the - charge number]. The compound represented by the formula (10) is a formula (a tautomer of the compound shown).
[式(lb-Ι)中,p51 κ 、乂及&表示與上述相同之含義。其 中,式人 [化34] 7不之化合物之+電荷數與·電荷數相同]。 150731.doc -34- 201113303[In the formula (lb-Ι), p51 κ , 乂 and & represent the same meaning as described above. Among them, the type of charge of the compound is the same as the number of charges and the number of charges. 150731.doc -34- 201113303
R53 〇C)R53 〇C)
<1d) [式(lc)及式(Id)中,R53、R54及R55分別獨立表示_s〇3_ 、-S03Na或-S02NHR50。R50表示2-乙基己基。其中,式 (lc)所示之化合物及式(Id)所示之化合物之+電荷數與電 荷數分別相同]。 [化 35]<1d) [In the formula (lc) and the formula (Id), R53, R54 and R55 each independently represent _s〇3_, -S03Na or -S02NHR50. R50 represents 2-ethylhexyl. Here, the compound represented by the formula (lc) and the compound represented by the formula (Id) have the same charge number and charge number, respectively. [化35]
[式(le)及式(If)中,R56、R57及R58分別獨立表示氫原 子、-SO,、-S03H或-S02NHR5〇。R50表示2-乙基己基。其 中’式(le)所示之化合物及式(If)所示之化合物之+電荷數 與-電荷數分別相同]。 作為式(la)〜式(If)所示之化合物,具體可列舉:磺醯玫 瑰紅B、磺醯玫瑰紅B之-SO3-或-SOsH經磺醯胺化所得之化 合物、C.I·溶劑紅49、玫瑰紅B、C.I.酸性紫102、C.I.酸性 紫102之-S〇3·或-SOsH經磺醯胺化所得之化合物、c‘I.酸性 紅289、C.I.酸性紅289之-S(V或-S〇3H經磺醯胺化所得之 化合物等。其中’作為本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物中 150731.doc -35- 201113303 所使用之染料,較好的是式(le)或式(If)所示之化合物, 具體而言,較好的是C.I.酸性紅289、C.I.酸性紅289 之-SO/或-S〇3H經續醯胺化所得之化合物。尤其好的是式 (h)所示之化合物。 [化 36]In the formula (le) and the formula (If), R56, R57 and R58 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -SO, -S03H or -S02NHR5〇. R50 represents 2-ethylhexyl. Here, the compound represented by the formula (le) and the compound represented by the formula (If) have the same charge number and charge number, respectively. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (la) to the formula (If) include: sulfonate rose B, sulfonate rose B-SO3- or -SOsH sulfonamide-aminated compound, CI·solvent red 49, rose red B, CI acid purple 102, CI acid purple 102 -S〇3 · or -SOsH compound obtained by sulfoximation, c'I. acid red 289, CI acid red 289 -S (V Or a compound obtained by sulfonylation of -S〇3H, etc., wherein 'the dye used in the color-sensitive photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is 150731.doc-35-201113303, preferably a formula (le) or a formula Specifically, a compound represented by (If) is preferably a compound obtained by subjecting CI Acid Red 289, CI Acid Red 289-SO/ or -S〇3H to amidoximation. ) the compound shown. [Chem. 36]
式(〗)所示之化合物例如可藉由如下方式而製造:利用 常規方法,將具有_S〇3H之色素或色素中間體氣化,並使 所獲传之具有-S〇2Cl之色素或色素中間體與以rS_nh2所示 之胺進行反應。又,亦可藉由如下方式而製造:將利用日 本專利特開平3_78702號公報第3頁之右上欄〜左下攔中記 載之方法而製造的色素與上述同樣地氯化後,使之 行反應。 π ⑷於中者之色:Α)含有式⑴所示之化合物之情形時,著色劑 更好的:⑴所不之化合物之含量較好的是3〜80質量。 2疋3〜70質量%,進而好的是3〜50質量%。 二著H(A)含有與式⑴所示之化合物不同之染料之情 木=之遂合比率較好的是在以下範圍内。 不门之 ’()所示之化合物:1〜"質量% ")所不之化合物不同之染料:丨〜99質量% 150731.d〇( -36 - 201113303 右式(1)所不之化合物及與式⑴所示之化合物不同之染 ;之調配比率在上述範圍内,則可獲得目標分光。 入作為染較好的是含有偶氮化合物之染料,更好的是 含有式(2)所示之化合物之染料。The compound represented by the formula (?) can be produced, for example, by gasifying a pigment or a pigment intermediate having _S〇3H by a conventional method, and allowing the obtained pigment having -S〇2Cl or The pigment intermediate is reacted with an amine represented by rS_nh2. Further, it is also possible to produce a dye produced by the method described in the upper right column to the lower left barrier of page 3 of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. π (4) in the color of the middle: Α) In the case of the compound represented by the formula (1), the colorant is more preferable: (1) the content of the compound which is not particularly preferably is 3 to 80 mass. 2 疋 3 to 70% by mass, and further preferably 3 to 50% by mass. In the case where H(A) contains a dye different from the compound represented by the formula (1), the ratio of the wood = is preferably in the following range. Compounds indicated by '(): 1~"% by mass ") different dyes of different compounds: 丨~99% by mass 150731.d〇( -36 - 201113303 Right type (1) The compound and the dye of the formula (1) are different in dyeing ratio; the blending ratio is within the above range, and the target spectrophotometry can be obtained. The dye which is preferably dyed is an azo compound-containing dye, and more preferably contains the formula (2). A dye of the compound shown.
[式⑺中,表示可具有取代基之碳數6〜14之二價芳香 烴基。 、 表不可具有取代基之碳數6〜14之—價芳香族烴基或可 具有取代基之碳數3〜14之一價雜環基。 R51表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數卜16之一價脂肪 族烴基或可具有取代基之碳數2〜18之醯基。 pl表示1或2。於pi為2之情形時,複數個A〇、B〇、r51及 R52可相互相同亦可不同。 於pl為1之情形時,R52表示氫原子或可具有一價取代基 之碳數1〜16之一價脂肪族烴基,於^為]之情形時,R52表 示可具有取代基之碳數1〜35之二價脂肪族烴基,該一價脂 肪族經基及邊一價脂肪族烴基中所含之_Ch2•可經_〇_、_s-、-C Ο -及-N R ’ 取代0 R'表示氫原子或碳數1〜6之一價脂肪族烴基]。 式(2)所示之化合物較好的是式(2-1)所示之化合物。[In the formula (7), a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is shown. The valence-free aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 14 which may have a substituent or a monovalent heterocyclic group having 3 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. R51 represents a hydrogen atom, a carbon number which may have a substituent, a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, or a fluorenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Pl represents 1 or 2. In the case where pi is 2, the plurality of A〇, B〇, r51 and R52 may be the same or different. In the case where pl is 1, R52 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms which may have a monovalent substituent, and in the case of ^, R52 represents a carbon number which may have a substituent a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group of ~35, which may be substituted by _〇2, _s-, -C Ο - and -NR ' in the monovalent aliphatic and valence aliphatic hydrocarbon groups. 'is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The compound represented by the formula (2) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (2-1).
(2-1) 150731.doc -37- 201113303 [式(2·Ι )中,72 , A、Ζ及Ζ3分別獨立表示可具有取代基〜% 數1之—價脂肪族烴基,,、22及岁十所含之_CH厂可 經-CO·或_〇_取代。 5 3 JR 5 4 分別獨立表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數 6之價脂肪族烴基或可具有取代基之碳數2〜1 8之醯 基。 Α及Α分別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數卜“之二價芳 香族烴基。 B及^分別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數6〜14之一價芳 香族煙基或可具有取代基之碳數3〜14之-價雜環基]。 Z、Z2及Z3分別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數μ之二 賈月曰肪知火工基。碳數卜16之二價脂肪族烴基之碳數中不包 含取代基之碳數,其數量較好的是Μ,更好的是W。 作為碳數卜16之二價脂肪族烴基,可列舉碳數W之烧 二基’可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、丙二基、丁二基、戊二 基' 己一基、庚二基、辛二基、癸二基十四烧二基及十 六烧二基 〇 碳數W6之二價脂肪族煙基中所含之_ch…-⑶ 取代。碳數H6之脂肪族烴基中所含之氫原子可經 氟原子等鹵素原子取代。 Z1及Z2較好的是可含有·◦乂碳數丨〜8找二基,更好的θ 可含有办之碳數5〜7之烧二基。作為較好之基,例如可^ 舉:-(CH2)3-、-(CH2)2-CKCH2)2… ^CH2-CH(CH3)-〇 ( 2)2'〇'(CH2)2'°-(Ch^- 150731.doc •38- 201113303 z3較好的是mc(=c)_之碳數卜8之 基更好的疋碳數1〜8之未經取代之烧二基 數4〜8之未經取代之烷二基。作為較好之 舉:-(ch2)2·、_(CH2)4•或.CH2_c(=ch2)。 二價脂肪族烴 ,更好的是碳 基,例如可列 1〜4 表示R5丨、R52、R、R54之碳數H6之-㈣肪族煙基 可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之任―種。脂肪族烴基之碳數 中不包含取代基之碳數,其數量較好的是6〜ig,更好的是(2-1) 150731.doc -37- 201113303 [In the formula (2·Ι), 72, A, Ζ and Ζ3 each independently represent a valence aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent of ~% number 1, and 22 The _CH plant contained in the old ten can be replaced by -CO· or _〇_. 5 3 JR 5 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a carbon number 6 aliphatic aliphatic group which may have a substituent, or a fluorenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Α and Α respectively represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a carbon number of a substituent. B and ^ each independently represent a carbon number of 6 to 14 which may have a substituent, and may have a substituent. The carbon number is 3 to 14-valent heterocyclic group. Z, Z2 and Z3 each independently represent a carbon number which may have a substituent, and the divalent aliphatic group of carbon number The carbon number of the hydrocarbon group does not include the carbon number of the substituent, and the amount thereof is preferably ruthenium, more preferably W. As the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group of carbon number 16, a carbon number W of the succinyl group can be cited. Listed: methylene, ethyl, propylenediyl, butyldiyl, pentyldiyl-hexyl, heptyl, octyldiyl, fluorenyldiyltetradecyl and hexadecane The _ch...-(3) substitution in the divalent aliphatic nicotine group of the number W6 may be substituted by a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group of the carbon number H6. Z1 and Z2 are preferably It has a carbon number of ◦乂~8 to find a dibasic group, and a better θ may contain a calcined diyl group having a carbon number of 5 to 7. As a preferred base, for example, -(CH2)3-,- (CH2)2-CKCH2)2 ... ^CH2-CH(CH3)-〇( 2)2'〇'(CH2)2'°-(Ch^- 150731.doc •38- 201113303 z3 is better mc(=c)_ carbon number 8 is a better unsubstituted alkanediyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 8 and an unsubstituted alkyl group of 4 to 8. As a preferred embodiment: -(ch2)2·, _(CH2)4 • or .CH2_c (=ch2). A divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon, more preferably a carbon group, for example, 1 to 4 may represent R5丨, R52, R, and R54, and the carbon number H6-(iv) may be a linear, branched or cyclic type. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group does not include the carbon number of the substituent, and the amount thereof is preferably 6 to ig, more preferably
作為碳數1〜16之一價脂肪族烴基,例如可列舉:甲基、 乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基第 三丁基、曱基丁基(^3·四甲基丁基等)、甲基己基(1,5_ 二甲基己基等)、乙基己基(2_乙基己基等)、環戊基、環己 基、甲基環己基(2-甲基環己基等)及環己基烷基等。 碳數卜16之一價脂肪族烴基中所含之氫原子可經碳數 1〜8之烷氧基或羧基取代。作為經碳數卜8之烷氧基取代的 碳數1〜16之一價脂肪族烴基,可列舉:丙氧基丙基(3_(異 丙氧基)丙基等)及烷氧基丙基(3_(2-乙基己氧基)丙基等)。 作為經羧基取代之碳數1〜16之脂肪族烴基,可列舉:2_ (缓基)乙基、3-(叛基)丙基及4-(竣基)丁基等。 作為表示R之可具有取$基之碳數1〜3 5的二價脂肪族 烴基,可列舉碳數1〜35之烷二基’可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙 基、丙二基、丁二基、戊二基、己二基、庚二基、辛二 基、癸二基、十四烷二基及十六烷二基。 碳數1〜3 5之二價脂肪族烴基中所含之_(^1^2-可經-〇_、_;§- 150731.doc -39- 201113303 、-co-及-NR,_取代。碳數卜35之脂肪族烴基中所含之氫 原子可經氟原子等鹵素原子取代。 作為表示R|之碳數丨〜6之一價脂肪族烴基,可列舉:甲 基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、環己基等。 表示及π之碳數2〜18之酿基中所^之氯原子可 經碳數卜8之貌氧基取代。可具有取代基之碳數㈣之酿 基的碳數係包含取代基之碳數而計數,其數量較好的是 ^〇。作為可具有取代基之醯基,例如可列舉:乙酿基、 苯甲醯基、曱氧基苯甲醯基(對甲氧基苯甲酿基等)等。 作為R53及R54 ’較好的是氫原子 Α 疋風原于兔數1〜4之一價脂肪 ,煙基及碳數2〜5之醯基。作為較好之基,例如可列舉: 氫原子、乙醯基或丙醯基。 作為表示A。、AjA2之碳數6〜14之二價芳香族煙基可 列舉.伸苯基及萘二基等’其中較好的是伸苯基。 作為碳數6〜14之:價芳香族煙基之取代基,可列舉:函 素原子、礙數Η之烧基、瑞數卜8之烧氧基、確基、績 基、胺磺醯基及Ν-取代胺磺醯基等。 作為南素原子,可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、漠原子及峨 原子等,較好的是氟原子、氯原子或溴原子。 作為碳數1〜8之院基,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異 =基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基及己基 等’較好的是碳數1〜4之燒基,更好的是碳數卜2之烧基, 尤其好的是甲基。 作為碳數1〜8之烷氧基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙 15073 ] .doc -40- 201113303 氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三 丁氧基、戊氧基及己氧基等’較好的是碳數卜4之炫氧 基,更好的是碳數卜2之貌氧基,尤其好的〇氧基。 作為Ν-取代胺磺酿基,可列舉:_s〇2NHR55 及-S〇2N(,具體可列舉與作為式⑴所示之化合物 中之-S〇2NHmS〇2N(R8)R9而列舉者相同的基。其中, ㈣的是R”及R56分別獨立為可具有取代基之碳數卜16之 Ο 曰肪知k基或可具有取代基之碳數2〜18之醯基的N·取代胺 續醯基。 B°、B1及¥分別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數㈡4之一 價芳香族烴基或可具有取代基之碳數⑽之—價雜環基。 作為碳數6〜14之-價芳香族烴基,可列舉:苯基、萘基 等。 作為碳數3〜14之一價雜環基,可列舉下述所示之基。Examples of the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, and a decyl group. Butyl (^3·tetramethylbutyl, etc.), methylhexyl (1,5-dimethylhexyl, etc.), ethylhexyl (2-ethylhexyl, etc.), cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, methyl ring Hexyl (2-methylcyclohexyl, etc.) and cyclohexylalkyl group. The hydrogen atom contained in the one-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group of carbon number 16 may be substituted with an alkoxy group or a carboxyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms which are substituted by the alkoxy group of carbon number 8 include a propoxypropyl group (3-(isopropoxy)propyl group, etc.) and an alkoxypropyl group. (3_(2-ethylhexyloxy)propyl, etc.). Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms substituted by a carboxyl group include a 2-(sodium)ethyl group, a 3-(remedial)propyl group, and a 4-(indenyl)butyl group. Examples of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 3 5 which may have a value of R include an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 35, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylidene group, and a propylene group. Butadiyl, pentanediyl, hexamethylene, heptadienyl, octyldiyl, decyldiyl, tetradecanediyl and hexadecandiyl. _(^1^2- can be replaced by -〇_, _; §- 150731.doc -39- 201113303, -co- and -NR,_ contained in the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms The hydrogen atom contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group of the carbon number 35 may be substituted by a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom. The monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 丨 to 6 representing R| may, for example, be a methyl group or an ethyl group. a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc., and a chlorine atom represented by a carbon number of 2 to 18 of π may be substituted by an oxy group of a carbon number of 8. The carbon number of the carbon number of the carbon number (four) is counted by the number of carbon atoms of the substituent, and the number thereof is preferably 〇. As the thiol group which may have a substituent, for example, an ethylenic group, a benzamidine group,曱 苯 苯 苯 醯 ( 对 对 对 对 。 。 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为The fluorenyl group having a number of 2 to 5 is, for example, a hydrogen atom, an ethyl fluorenyl group or a propyl fluorenyl group. Examples of the divalent aromatic smoky group having a carbon number of 6 to 14 representing A and AjA2 are exemplified. Phenyl and naphthalene The preferred one is a phenyl group. As a substituent of a carbon number of 6 to 14: a valent aromatic group, an alkoxy group, a sulfhydryl group, and a decyl group of 8 And a sulfhydryl group, a fluorenyl group, an anthracene group, a fluorene atom, a fluorinated atom, a fluorinated atom, a fluorinated atom, a fluorinated atom, a fluorinated atom Atom or a bromine atom. As a group having a carbon number of 1 to 8, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hetero group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group are exemplified. And a hexyl group or the like is preferably a carbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a carbon number of 2, and particularly preferably a methyl group. As the alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, mention may be made of: Methoxy, ethoxy, propyl 15073 ] .doc -40- 201113303 oxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, second butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy and The hexyloxy group and the like are preferably a decyloxy group having a carbon number of 4, more preferably an oxy group having a carbon number of 2, particularly preferably a decyloxy group. _s〇2NHR55 and -S〇2N (, with The same as those exemplified as -S〇2NHmS〇2N(R8)R9 in the compound represented by the formula (1), wherein (4) R' and R56 are each independently a carbon number which may have a substituent. The N-substituted amine fluorenyl group of the ketone group having a carbon number of 2 to 18 which may have a substituent. B°, B1 and ¥ each independently represent a carbon number which may have a substituent (2) The aromatic hydrocarbon group or the carbon number (10)-valent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. Examples of the valent aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 14 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. As one of the carbon numbers 3 to 14 Examples of the valent heterocyclic group include the groups shown below.
Ο [R表示氫原子或有機基]。 作為該有機基,例如可列舉與下述r59相同之基。 碳數6〜14之—價芳香族煙基及碳數3〜14之-價雜環基中 2之虱原子可經%基、側氧基、碳數1〜16之·"價脂肪族 、生土、氰基、胺基或N取代胺基取代。 作為Ν·取代胺基’較好的是-NHR57基或·Ν W8基。其 R及尺'分別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數卜16之- 150731.doc -41 . 201113303 價月θ肪知烴基或可具有取代基之碳數4之一價雜環基。 作為炭數1〜16之一價脂肪族烴基及碳數3〜14之一價雜環 基’可列舉與上述相同之基。 Β、Β1及Β2較好的是分別獨立為式(2七)所示之基。 HO R» ~O=0 (2-1a)Ο [R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group]. Examples of the organic group include the same groups as the following r59. a carbon atom having a carbon number of from 6 to 14 and a valence of a heterocyclic group having a carbon number of from 3 to 14 and a valence of a heterocyclic group of 2 to 14 may be a group of a hydroxyl group having a hydroxyl group of 1 to 16 and a valence aliphatic group. , earthy, cyano, amine or N substituted amine substituted. As the hydrazine-substituted amino group, a -NHR57 group or a fluorene W8 group is preferred. R and 尺' are each independently represented by a carbon number which may have a substituent - 16731.doc -41. 201113303 A valence of a hydrocarbon group or a carbon number of 4 one-valent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. Examples of the one-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 16 and the one-valent heterocyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 14 are the same as those described above. Preferably, Β, Β1 and Β2 are each independently a group represented by the formula (27). HO R» ~O=0 (2-1a)
R6。CNR6. CN
[式(2 U)中,R表不氫原子或可具有取代基之碳數1〜16 之彳貝知肪族烴基。R6Q表示可具有取代基之碳數丨〜16之 —價脂肪族烴基]。 式(2 1 a)所示基之吡啶_環可為酮型亦可為烯醇型。 為反數1〜1 6之一價脂肪族烴基,可列舉與上述相同 者R較好的是甲基丁基(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基等)、甲基 己基(1,5-—甲基己基等)、乙基己基(2·乙基己基等)、甲基 環己基(2_曱基環己基等)及垸氧基丙基(3-(2-乙基己氧基) 丙基等)等支鏈狀脂肪族烴基。 作為R59及R6〇之取代基,可列舉:經基、齒素原子、碳 數1〜8之烧氧基、碳數卜8之酿氧基。作為碳數卜8之烧氧 基可列舉與上述相同者。作為碳數丨〜8之醯氧基,可列 舉:乙醢氧基、丙醢氧基、己基幾氧基、辛基幾氧基、苯 曱醯氧基等。 R6Q較好的是甲基。 作為式(2)所示之化合物,可列舉式(^)〜式⑹8)所示之 化°物。表中之A1、A2、Z1及Z2之右側之結合鍵表示靠近 150731.doc -42- 201113303 z3—方之結合鍵。[In the formula (2 U), R represents a hydrogen atom or a sulfonium-containing aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 16 which may have a substituent. R6Q represents a valence aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 丨~16 which may have a substituent. The pyridine ring of the group represented by the formula (2 1 a) may be a ketone type or an enol type. The one-numbered aliphatic hydrocarbon group having an inverse number of 1 to 16 is preferably the same as the above, and preferably R is methylbutyl (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl or the like) or methylhexyl ( 1,5--methylhexyl, etc.), ethylhexyl (2·ethylhexyl, etc.), methylcyclohexyl (2-nonylcyclohexyl, etc.) and methoxypropyl (3-(2-ethyl) Hexyloxy) propyl, etc.) is a branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the substituent of R59 and R6 are those of a transradical group, a dentate atom, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 8, and a carbon number of 8 carbon. Examples of the oxygen-burning group of the carbon number 8 are the same as those described above. The decyloxy group having a carbon number of 丨8 may, for example, be an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propenyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, an octyloxy group or a benzyloxy group. R6Q is preferably a methyl group. Examples of the compound represented by the formula (2) include those represented by the formula (^) to the formula (6) 8). The binding bond on the right side of A1, A2, Z1 and Z2 in the table indicates a bond close to 150731.doc -42 - 201113303 z3.
[表1] 1-1 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ο- R59 R59, R60 R60' -c2h5 -c2h5 —ch3 —ch3 R 5 3 R54 z3 —Η —H —(CH2)2 — z2側 z1侧[Table 1] 1-1 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ο- R59 R59, R60 R60' -c2h5 -c2h5 —ch3 —ch3 R 5 3 R54 z3 —Η —H —(CH2)2 — z2 side z1 side
[表2] 1-2 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 h3c -ύ- h3c R59 R59, R60 R6。, -c4h9 -c4h9 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 ——H —H ——(CH2)2 — z2側 z1侧 150731.doc 43- 201113303 [表3] 1—3 A1 A2 z 1 z2 h3c R59 R59, R60 R60, -c4h9 -c4h9 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 VH3 0 0 ——(CH2)8 — Z2側 z1侧 [表4] 1—4 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 CH3 ch3 4 R 5 9 R59, R60 R60’ -C4H9 -c4h9 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 —H —H —(CH2)8 — z2側 z1側 [表5] A1 A2 Z 1 Z 2 ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 RS9' R60 R60' -c4h9 -c4h9 —CH3 —ch3 R 5 3 R54 z 3 —H —H —(CH2)4— z2侧 z1側 】5073 l.doc -44- 201113303 [表6] 1一6 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 4 ch3 ch3 R59 R59, R60 R60, 、ch3 、ch3 —ch3 --ch3 R53 R 54 z3 —H —H ——(CH2)8— z2側 z1側 〇 [表 7] 1-7 A1 A2 z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 R 5 9 R59' R60 R60, XH3 、ch3 —ch3 —ch3 r 53 R54 z3 —H —H —(CH2)4 — Z2側 ZM則[Table 2] 1-2 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 h3c - ύ- h3c R59 R59, R60 R6. , -c4h9 -c4h9 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 —H —H —(CH2)2 — z2 side z1 side 150731.doc 43- 201113303 [Table 3] 1-3 A1 A2 z 1 z2 h3c R59 R59, R60 R60, -c4h9 -c4h9 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 VH3 0 0 ——(CH2)8 — Z1 side z1 side [Table 4] 1—4 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 CH3 ch3 4 R 5 9 R59, R60 R60' -C4H9 -c4h9 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 —H —H —(CH2)8 — z2 side z1 side [Table 5] A1 A2 Z 1 Z 2 ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 RS9' R60 R60' -c4h9 - C4h9 —CH3 —ch3 R 5 3 R54 z 3 —H —H —(CH2)4—z2 side z1 side】5073 l.doc -44- 201113303 [Table 6] 1 to 6 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 4 ch3 Ch3 R59 R59, R60 R60, , ch3 , ch3 —ch3 --ch3 R53 R 54 z3 —H —H —(CH2)8—z2 side z1 side 〇[Table 7] 1-7 A1 A2 z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 Ch3 ch3 R 5 9 R59' R60 R60, XH3, ch3 —ch3 —ch3 r 53 R54 z3 —H —H —(CH2)4 — Z2 side ZM
[表8] 1—8 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 R59, R60 R60, CH3 CH3 -C2H5 -C2H5 R53 R54 Z3 —H —H —(CH2)8— z2側 z1侧 -45- 150731.doc 201113303 [表9] 1-9 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 R 5 9 R59' R60 R60' ^CH3 0 r〇H3 CH 3 0 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R 54 z3 —H ——H —(CH2)4 — z2側 z1側 [表 i〇][Table 8] 1-8 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 R59, R60 R60, CH3 CH3 - C2H5 - C2H5 R53 R54 Z3 - H - H - (CH2) 8 - z2 side z1 side - 45 - 150731.doc 201113303 [Table 9] 1-9 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 R 5 9 R59' R60 R60' ^CH3 0 r〇H3 CH 3 0 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R 54 z3 —H ——H —(CH2 ) 4 — z2 side z1 side [Table i〇]
I - 1 0 A1 A2 Z 3 z 2 ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 R59' R60 R60’ rCH3 CH 3 0 ^ch3 CH; 0 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 —H —H ——(CH2)8 — z2側 z]側 -46- 150731.doc 201113303 [表η] 1-11 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 令 R 6 1 R6 1, R62 R62. —ch3 ~ch3 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 —Η —H —(CH2)2— z2側 z1侧I - 1 0 A1 A2 Z 3 z 2 ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 R59' R60 R60' rCH3 CH 3 0 ^ch3 CH; 0 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 —H —H ——(CH2)8 — z2 side z ] Side -46- 150731.doc 201113303 [Table η] 1-11 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 Let R 6 1 R6 1, R62 R62. —ch3 ~ch3 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 —Η —H —(CH2) 2—z2 side z1 side
[表 12] 1 — 12 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 h3c H3C R 6 1 R61, R62 R62' —^^-och3 -~^^och3 -C4H9 -c4h9 R53 R54 z3 —H —H —(CH2)4— z2侧 z1侧 [表 13] 1-13 A1 A2 z 1 z2 h3c H3CO R 6 1 R61' R62 R62' —^^-C〇2C2H5 -c3h7 -C4H9 R53 R54 z3 、xh3 VH3 ——(CH2)8— 0 0 z2侧 z1侧 -47- 150731.doc 201113303 [表 14] 1-14 A1 A2 z 1 z2 ch3 夺 ch3 4 R6 1 R6 R62 R62' -^^-〇ch3 —^^och3 - c4h9 -c4h9 R53 R54 z3 Υ"〇Η3 0 丫 ch3 0 ch2 Z2側 z1侧 [表 15] 1-15 A5 A2 z 3 z2 ch3 ch3 R6 1 R61, R62 R62' —^^och3 - c4h9 - C4H9 R53 R54 z3 V"ch3 0 Vch3 〇 ch2 z2侧 z1側 [表 16] 1-16 A1 A2 z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 ch3 R6 1 R6】, R62 R62' -〇-〇ch3 —^^*och3 -C4H9 -C4H9 R 53 R 54 z 3 ——H —H —(CHja— z2側 z3側 150731.doc 201113303[Table 12] 1 - 12 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 h3c H3C R 6 1 R61, R62 R62' —^^-och3 -~^^och3 -C4H9 -c4h9 R53 R54 z3 —H —H —(CH2)4— z2 Side z1 side [Table 13] 1-13 A1 A2 z 1 z2 h3c H3CO R 6 1 R61' R62 R62' —^^-C〇2C2H5 -c3h7 -C4H9 R53 R54 z3 ,xh3 VH3 ——(CH2)8— 0 0 z2 side z1 side -47- 150731.doc 201113303 [Table 14] 1-14 A1 A2 z 1 z2 ch3 Capture ch3 4 R6 1 R6 R62 R62' -^^-〇ch3 —^^och3 - c4h9 -c4h9 R53 R54 Z3 Υ"〇Η3 0 丫ch3 0 ch2 Z2 side z1 side [Table 15] 1-15 A5 A2 z 3 z2 ch3 ch3 R6 1 R61, R62 R62' —^^och3 - c4h9 - C4H9 R53 R54 z3 V"ch3 0 Vch3 〇ch2 z2 side z1 side [Table 16] 1-16 A1 A2 z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 ch3 R6 1 R6], R62 R62' -〇-〇ch3 —^^*och3 -C4H9 -C4H9 R 53 R 54 z 3 ——H—H—(CHja—z2 side z3 side 150731.doc 201113303
[表 17][Table 17]
r65h 1-17 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 Cl Cl <K R53 R54 R63 R63' —H —H —ch3 —ch3 Z 3 —(CH2)2 — z2側 z1側 [表 18] —18 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 ch3 奋 ch3 R64 R64, R65 R65' O) ~Q H〇 R53 R54 z3 —H ——H ——(CH^a— .z2側 z1侧 Ο ~N—22~〇^(ϋ—Z3—&—0—Z1—ή—^—A1—N==N—R66 〇H HO尸 49- 150731.doc 201113303 [表 19]R65h 1-17 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 Cl Cl <K R53 R54 R63 R63' —H —H —ch3 —ch3 Z 3 —(CH2)2 — z2 side z1 side [Table 18] —18 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 ch3 奋ch3 R64 R64, R65 R65' O) ~QH〇R53 R54 z3 —H ——H ——(CH^a— .z2 side z1 side Ο ~N—22~〇^(ϋ—Z3—& —0—Z1—ή—^—A1—N==N—R66 〇H HO Corpse 49-150731.doc 201113303 [Table 19]
1 — 19 A1 A2 z 1 Zz ~〇~ ~Q~ R53 R 54 R66 R 6 6, —Η —H ——H —H ζ3 —(CH2)8 — Z2侧 Ζ1侧 [表 20] 1-20 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 分 R53 R54 Z 3 —H —H ——(CH^q — z2側 z1侧1 — 19 A1 A2 z 1 Zz ~〇~ ~Q~ R53 R 54 R66 R 6 6, —Η —H ——H —H ζ3 —(CH2)8 — Z2 side Ζ1 side [Table 20] 1-20 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 points R53 R54 Z 3 —H —H ——(CH^q – z2 side z1 side
150731.doc 50- 201113303 [表 21]150731.doc 50- 201113303 [Table 21]
較好的是Β1及B2A;te Flai Ο 冋種類之基,進而,更好的是八〗及 A 、R 及 R54、71 另 72 八 . 刀別為相同種類之基。若為該等 基’則式(2-1)所示之化合物容易製造。 式(2-υ所示之化合物可藉由在溶劑中,使式(I_A)所示 。物及式(I-A )所不之化合物、與式G-B)所示之化合 物於0〜150。(:下反應而製造。 R«〇 一》i-S— II 0f 9 A1—N==N—B1 (I-A) ο (I-B) [式(I-A)、式(Ι·Α’)及式(I B)中,Z1、Z2、Z3、r53、R54、 A、A 'B1及B2表示與上述相同之含義。 R及R8分別獨立表示_〇R69或鹵素原子。R69表示一價 之碳數1〜16之脂肪族烴基]。 作為式(I-B)所示之化合物,可列舉:丙二酸二曱酯、琥 珀酸異丁酯、己二酸二甲酯及辛二酸二乙酯、丙二醯氯、 150731.doc -51- 201113303 破珀酿乳、己二酿氯及辛二醯氯等。 式(I-B)所示化合物之使用量相對於與式(I_A)所示之化 合物及式(Ι-A')所示之化合物之合計量1莫耳,例如較好的 是0.5〜3莫耳。再者,於溶劑中含有水之情形時,較好的 是較上述量過剩地使用式(I_B)所示之化合物。 於式(I-B)所示之化合物之r3!及尺32為_〇1133之情形時,較 好的疋添加眾所周知之酸觸媒。作為酸觸媒,可列舉琉 酸、對甲笨磺酸等。酸觸媒之使用量相對於與式(I_A)所示 之化合物及式(Ι-A,)所示之化合物之合計量!莫耳,例如較 好的是0.01〜2莫耳。 式(Ι-A)所示之化合物及式所示之化合物與式(i_b) 所不之化合物之反應係於溶劑中進行。作為溶劑例如較 好的是:水;1,4-二啰烷等醚類(尤其是環狀醚類);氣 仿、二氣甲烷、四氣化碳、丨,2_二氯乙烷、二氯乙烯、三 氯乙稀王乳乙烯' 一氣丙烧、氣戊烧、1,2 -二漠乙烧等 鹵化烴類;丙酮、曱基異丁基酮、環己酮等酮類;笨、甲 苯、二甲苯等碳系芳香族類;N,N-二甲基曱醯胺、N,N_: 丁基曱醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N_甲基吡咯啶酮等烷基 醯胺類等,亦可將2種以上之溶劑併用。溶劑之使用量相 對於與式(Ι-A)所示之化合物及式(I_A,)所示之化合物之合 计置1質量份,例如較好的是卜川質量份,更好的是2〜1〇 質量份。 式(Ι·Α)所示之化合物及式(Ι-A,)所示之化合物與式(I_B) 所不之化合物之反應較好的是於氮氣環境下、或氬氣環境 150731.doc -52- 201113303 下進行,亦可於利用氯化鈣等而乾燥之空氣下進行反應β 反應溫度例如較好的是〇〜150°C,更好的是1〇〜130°C。 反應時間例如較好的是1〜2 5小時,更好的是3〜15小時。 式(Ι-A)所示之化合物、式(I_A’)所示之化合物、式(I_B) 所示之化合物及溶劑之添加順序並無特別限定,較好的是 ' 於包含式(I_A)所示之化合物、式(Ι-A,)所示之化合物及溶 劑之;谷液中添加(滴加)式(I_B)所示之化合物。於使用酸觸 媒之情形時,較好的是於包含式(I_A)所示之化合物、式 〇 (1_八|)所不之化合物、酸觸媒及溶劑之溶液中添加(滴加)式 (I-B)所示之化合物。 自利用上述方式所獲得之反應混合物中取得目標化合物 即式(2-1)所不之化合物之方法並無特別限定,可採用眾所 周知之各種方法,例如,可藉由利用有機溶劑萃取反應混 合物而純化。又,視需要亦可藉由利用鹼性水溶液或酸性 水溶液進行清洗、再結晶等眾所周知之方法而進一步純 化0Preferably, Β1 and B2A; te Flai Ο 冋 type base, and, more preferably, eight and A, R and R54, 71 and 72. If it is such a base, the compound represented by the formula (2-1) can be easily produced. The compound of the formula (2-indole) can be represented by the formula (I-A) in a solvent, and the compound represented by the formula (I-A) and the compound represented by the formula G-B) in the range of 0 to 150. (: Manufactured under the reaction. R«〇一》iS—II 0f 9 A1—N==N—B1 (IA) ο (IB) [Formula (IA), Formula (Ι·Α'), and Formula (IB) In the above, Z1, Z2, Z3, r53, R54, A, A'B1 and B2 have the same meanings as described above. R and R8 each independently represent _〇R69 or a halogen atom, and R69 represents a monovalent carbon number of 1 to 16 An aliphatic hydrocarbon group]. Examples of the compound represented by the formula (IB) include dinonyl malonate, isobutyl succinate, dimethyl adipate, diethyl suberate, and propylene dichloride. 150731.doc -51- 201113303 Broken straw, hexamethylene chloride and octane dichloride. The compound of formula (IB) is used in comparison with the compound and formula (I-A) shown in formula (I_A). The total amount of the compound shown by ') is 1 mole, for example, preferably 0.5 to 3 moles. Further, when water is contained in the solvent, it is preferred to use the formula (I_B) in excess of the above amount. In the case where the compound represented by the formula (IB) has r3! and the size 32 is _〇1133, a well-known acid catalyst is preferably added as the acid catalyst. A stupid sulfonic acid and the like. The amount of the catalyst used is a total amount of the compound represented by the formula (I_A) and the compound represented by the formula (Ι-A,)! Mo, for example, preferably 0.01 to 2 mol. The reaction of the compound represented by A) and the compound represented by the formula with a compound of the formula (i-b) is carried out in a solvent. As the solvent, for example, water or an ether such as 1,4-dioxane is preferred. Especially cyclic ethers); gas imitation, di-methane, tetra-carbonized carbon, antimony, 2-dichloroethane, dichloroethylene, trichloroethylene, dilute ethylene, ethylene, propylene, sulphur, 1 , halogenated hydrocarbons such as 2-dioxacin; ketones such as acetone, mercaptoisobutyl ketone and cyclohexanone; carbon aromatics such as stupid, toluene and xylene; N,N-dimethylhydrazine Amine, N, N_: alkyl decylamine such as butyl decylamine, N,N-dimethylacetamide or N-methylpyrrolidone, or two or more solvents may be used in combination. The amount used is 1 part by mass based on the total of the compound represented by the formula (Ι-A) and the compound represented by the formula (I_A), and is preferably, for example, a mass fraction of Buchuan, more preferably 2 to 1 Torr. Mass portion. · The compound shown by the formula and the compound of the formula (Ι-A,) and the compound of the formula (I_B) are preferably reacted under a nitrogen atmosphere or an argon atmosphere 150731.doc -52 - 201113303 The reaction may be carried out under air dried by using calcium chloride or the like. The reaction temperature is, for example, preferably 〇 150 ° C, more preferably 1 Torr to 130 ° C. The reaction time is preferably, for example. 1 to 2 5 hours, more preferably 3 to 15 hours. The order of addition of the compound of the formula (Ι-A), the compound of the formula (I_A'), the compound of the formula (I_B) and the solvent is It is not particularly limited, and it is preferred to contain a compound represented by the formula (I_A), a compound represented by the formula (Ι-A), and a solvent; and a solution of the formula (I_B) is added (dropped) to the solution. Compound. In the case of using an acid catalyst, it is preferred to add (drop) to a solution containing a compound represented by the formula (I-A), a compound of the formula (1-8), an acid catalyst, and a solvent. a compound of the formula (IB). The method for obtaining the target compound, that is, the compound of the formula (2-1), in the reaction mixture obtained by the above method is not particularly limited, and various well-known methods can be employed, for example, by extracting the reaction mixture by using an organic solvent. purification. Further, it may be further purified by a well-known method such as washing or recrystallization using an alkaline aqueous solution or an acidic aqueous solution, if necessary.
Q 另外,式(2_1)所示之化合物可藉由使式(IC)所示之化合 物、與式(Ι-D)所示之化合物及式(I_D,)所示之化合物進行 偶合反應而製造。可藉由使式(I_C)所示之化合物之鹽與式 d_D)所示之化合物及式(I_D,)所示之化合物例如於水性溶 劑中、20〜6〇t下進行反應而製造式(2·1}所示之化合物。 ΝΞΝ—A2—S—λ ^ 9 ^53 9 φ π 2 -0-C—Z»-C-0-Z1-N~S-A1-N=N X' ( } (i-d) H—B2 (I-〇r) 150731.doc -53· 201113303 A1、a:Further, the compound represented by the formula (2_1) can be produced by coupling a compound represented by the formula (IC) with a compound represented by the formula (Ι-D) and a compound represented by the formula (I_D). . The formula can be produced by reacting a salt of the compound represented by the formula (I-C) with a compound represented by the formula (D-D) and a compound represented by the formula (I-D), for example, in an aqueous solvent at 20 to 6 Torr. Compound represented by 2·1} ΝΞΝ—A2—S—λ ^ 9 ^53 9 φ π 2 -0-C—Z»-C-0-Z1-N~S-A1-N=NX' ( } (id) H—B2 (I-〇r) 150731.doc -53· 201113303 A1, a:
R 54R 54
B (式(ί-C)及式(J_D)中,zi、y、r53 及B2表示與上述相同之含義。 X表示無機或有機陰離子)。 作為式(Ι-C)所示之化合物 與.^ 初之無機或有機陰離子, 舉’鼠化物離子、氯化物離子 子、π Μ π私 肩化物離子、碘化物離 、乳S文離子、次氯酸離子、 Μ此上 LH3-COO > Ph-COO M , 較好者可列舉:氯化 寻 于屬化物離子、CH3-COO-。 作為糸料,較好的是 屈钭人I 3有以偶氮化合物作為配位基之金 屬錯合物之染料,更好的3 土, ^ 好的疋含有式(3)所示之化合物之毕 料。式(3)所示之化合物為鉻 '、 陽離子之鹽。 4料祕錯合陰離子與B (in the formula (ί-C) and the formula (J_D), zi, y, r53 and B2 have the same meanings as described above. X represents an inorganic or organic anion). As a compound of the formula (Ι-C) and an inorganic or organic anion of the first element, a mouse element ion, a chloride ion, a π Μ π private shoulder ion, an iodide ion, a milk S ion, a second The chloric acid ion and the above-mentioned LH3-COO > Ph-COO M are preferably chlorinated as the amide ion and CH3-COO-. As the dip, it is preferred that the quinone I 3 has a dye of a metal complex having an azo compound as a ligand, more preferably 3 Å, and the ruthenium contains a compound represented by the formula (3). Completed. The compound represented by the formula (3) is a salt of chromium ' and a cation. 4 material secrets anion and
刀別獨立表示氣原子、齒素原子、碳數 [式(3)中,Ral〜Rai8分 1〜8之一價脂肪族煙基、石奋其—讨 為基、本基、_S〇2NHRa30、sKnife independently indicates gas atom, dentate atom, carbon number [in formula (3), Ral~Rai8 is divided into 1~8 one-price aliphatic nicotine group, Shifenqi-based, base, _S〇2NHRa30, s
、-COORU。或·s〇2Ra3。。 W, -COORU. Or ·s〇2Ra3. . W
Ral9及Ra20分別獨立表Ral9 and Ra20 are independent tables
Da3〇 v 表不虱原子、甲基、乙基或胺基。 R 为別獨立表示氫原早、妙奴, 原子厌數1〜丨〇之一價烴基,該烴 基中所含之-CH2·可經七·或_c〇·取代。 150731.doc -54· 201113303 Μ1表示Cr或Co。 n1表示1〜5之整數。 D表不氫陽離子(hydr〇n)、一價金屬陽離子或來自具有 苯并哌喃骨架之化合物之一價陽離子]。 ΟDa3〇 v represents an atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or an amine group. R is independently represented by a hydrogen atom, an early atomic, an atomic anomaly of 1 to fluorene, and a -CH2· contained in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted by VII or _c〇. 150731.doc -54· 201113303 Μ1 indicates Cr or Co. N1 represents an integer of 1 to 5. D represents no hydrogen cation (hydr〇n), a monovalent metal cation or a valent cation derived from a compound having a benzopyran skeleton. Ο
G 作為表示Ral〜RaU之碳數卜8之一價脂肪族烴基,可列 舉·.甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、 第三丁基、正戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、癸基、卜 甲基丁基、U,3,3·四甲基丁基、1,5-二甲基己基、丨,6_二 甲基庚基、2-乙基己基及^’^^四甲基己基等。 作為表示之碳數卜1〇之一價烴基,可列舉:碳數 1〜10之-價脂肪族烴基、碳數3〜10之一價脂環式烴基、碳 數6〜H)之-價芳香族烴基、及將該等组合而成之碳數4, 之基。作為碳數1〜10之一價脂肪族烴基,可列舉與上述相 同之基,作為碳數6〜1()之—價芳香族烴基可列舉與表示 式⑴所示之化合物之Q者相同之基。作為碳數[Μ之一價 脂環式烴基,可列舉:€丙基、環戊基、環己基、環癸基 等。 作為將-CH2-取代成·〇_或_c〇_之上述烴基,可列 ^3; ^32·0-^33 ' -Ra32-C〇-〇-Ra33 . .Ra32.〇.c〇_Ra33 〇G is a one-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group which represents a carbon number of Ral to RaU, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a second butyl group, and a third butyl group. N-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, decyl, methylbutyl, U,3,3·tetramethylbutyl, 1,5-dimethylhexyl, anthracene, 6-dimethyl Heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl and ^'^^tetramethylhexyl. The monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by the carbon number is a valence aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 3 to 10, and a carbon number of 6 to H. An aromatic hydrocarbon group and a group having a carbon number of 4, which are combined. Examples of the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include the same groups as described above, and the valent aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 1 () is the same as the Q of the compound represented by the formula (1). base. Examples of the carbon number [Μ Μ alicyclic hydrocarbon group include a propyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclodecyl group and the like. As the above hydrocarbon group in which -CH2- is substituted into 〇_ or _c〇_, it can be listed as ^3; ^32·0-^33 ' -Ra32-C〇-〇-Ra33 . .Ra32.〇.c〇_ Ra33 〇
Ra32為碳數i〜8之二價脂肪族煙基’ Ra33為碳數Η之一價 脂肪族烴基。 作為表示Ra32之碳數卜8之二價脂肪族煙基,可列舉:亞 甲基、伸乙基、丙烧],3-二基、丙燒],2_二基、丁m -基、丁烷-1,3-二基、戊烷十5_二基、己烷],6二基、庚 150731.doc 55- 201113303 烧_1,7-二基、辛烧-1,8-二基等。 作為-Ra32-〇-Ra33 ’可列舉:甲氧基甲基、乙氧基甲基、 丙氧基甲基、甲氧基乙基、乙氧基乙基、丙氧基乙基、甲 氧基丙基、乙氧基丙基、丙氧基丙基、2_側氧基_4_甲氧基 丁基、辛氧基丙基、3-乙氧基丙基、3_(2_乙基己氧基)丙 基等。 作為-Ra32-C0-0-Ra33,可列舉:甲氧基羰基甲基、甲氧 基羰基乙基、乙氧基羰基曱基、乙氧基羰基乙基、丙氧基 羰基甲基、丙氧基羰基乙基、丁氧基羰基甲基、丁氧基羰 基乙基等。 作為-Ra32-0-C0-Ra33,可列舉:乙醯氧基甲基、乙醯氧 基乙基、乙基羰氧基甲基、乙基羰氧基乙基、丙基羰氧基 曱基、丙基羰氧基乙基、丁基羰氧基曱基、丁基羰氧基乙 基等。 作為-S02NHRa3G,可列舉:胺磺醯基; N-甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-丙基胺磺醯基、 N-異丙基胺確醯基、N-丁基胺橫醯基、N-異丁基胺確醯 基、N-第二丁基胺磺醯基、N-第三丁基胺磺醯基、N-戊基 胺磺醢基、N-(l-乙基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(l,l-二甲基丙基) 胺磺醯基、N-(l,2-二曱基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(2,2-二甲基 丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(l -曱基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-(2-曱基丁 基)胺磺醯基、N-(3-甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-環戊基胺磺醯 基、N-己基胺磺醯基、N-(l,3-二曱基丁基)胺磺醯基、 N-(3,3-二曱基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-庚基胺磺醯基、N-(l-曱 150731.doc -56- 201113303 基己基)胺磺醯基、N-(l,4-二甲基戊基)胺磺醯基、N_辛基 胺㈣醯基、Ν-(2·乙基己基)胺績醯基、n_(i,5_二甲基)己基 胺磺醯基、N-(l,l,2,2-四甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N•烯丙基胺 項醯基等經脂肪族烴基取代之胺續醯基; N-(2-曱氧基乙基)胺磺醯基、N_(2_乙氧基乙基)胺磺醯 基、N-(l-甲氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N_(3_曱氧基丙基)胺磺 醯基、N-(3-乙氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N_(3_丙氧基丙基)胺 磺醯基、N-(3-異丙氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、n-(3-己氧基丙 基)胺磺醯基、N-(2-乙基己氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N_(3_第 二丁氧基丙基)胺續酿基、N-(4-辛氧基丁基)胺確酿基等 經-R31-0-R32取代之胺磺醯基; N-(甲氧基羰基曱基)胺磺醯基、N-(甲氧基羰基乙基)胺 磺醯基、N-(乙氧基羰基甲基)胺磺醯基、N-(乙氧基幾基乙 基)胺磺醯基、N-(丙氧基羰基曱基)胺磺醯基、n-(丙氧基 羰基乙基)胺磺醯基、N-(丁氧基羰基甲基)胺磺醯基、N_ (丁氧基羰基乙基)胺磺醯基等經-R31-CO-0-R32取代之胺確 醯基; N-(乙醯氧基甲基)胺續醯基、N-(乙酿氧基乙基)胺項酿 基、N-(乙基羰氧基甲基)胺磺醯基、N-(乙基羰氧基乙基) 胺續醯基、N-(丙基羰氧基甲基)胺績醯基、N-(丙基羰氧基 乙基)胺磺醯基、N-(丁基羰氧基甲基)胺磺酿基、N-(丁基 羰氧基乙基)胺磺醯基等經-R3]-0-C0-R32取代之胺磺酿 基; N·環己基胺續酿基、N-(2-曱基ί衷己基)胺績酿基、 150731.doc -57· 201113303 曱基環己基)胺磺醯基、N-(4-曱基環己基)胺磺醯基、 N-(4-丁基環己基)胺磺醯基等經具有取代基之環己基取代 之胺磺醯基; N-苄基胺磺醯基、N-(l-苯基乙基)胺磺醯基、n-(2-苯基 乙基)胺磺醢基、N-(3-苯基丙基)胺磺醯基、n-(4-苯基丁 基)胺磺醯基、N-[2-(2-萘基)乙基;j胺磺醯基、N_[2-(4-甲基 苯基)乙基]胺磺醯基、N-(3-笨基-1-丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(3- 苯基-1-甲基丙基)胺磺醯基等經芳烷基取代之胺磺醯基 等。 作為-COORa30,可列舉:曱氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙 氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基、癸氧基羰基等。 作為-S〇2Ra30,可列舉:曱磺醯基、乙磺醯基、丙磺醯 基、異丙磺醯基、正丁磺醯基、第二丁磺醯基、第三丁磺 醯基、戊磺醯基、己磺醯基、庚磺醯基、辛磺醯基、卜甲 基丁磺醯基、1,1,3,3_四曱基丁磺醯基、丨,5_二曱基己磺醯 基、1,6-二甲基庚磺醯基、2_乙基己磺醯基及115,5四甲 基己確醯基等。 較好的疋R 1〜Ra〗8中之至少一者為硝基,原因在於如此 則具有耐熱性較高之傾向。 作為R ,較好的是碳數1〜8之一價脂肪族煙基、可經碳 數1〜4之烷基取代之環己基、-Ra32-0-Ra33、-Ra32-C0-0-Ra33 及-Ra32-〇_C〇_Ra33。 乍為式(3)所示之化合物中成為錯合陰離子之配位基的 坐偶氮化合物之較好之例,可列舉式(l-al)〜式(l_a64)所 150731.doc -58- 201113303 示之化合物等。Ra32 is a divalent aliphatic nicotinyl group of the carbon number i to 8 'Ra33 is a carbon number Η one-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the divalent aliphatic nicotyl group which represents the carbon number of Ra32 include a methylene group, an exoethyl group, an alkyl group, a 3-diyl group, a propanol group, a 2-diyl group, a butyl group, and a m- group. Butane-1,3-diyl, pentane deca-5-diyl, hexane], 6-diyl, g-150731.doc 55- 201113303 Burning _1,7-diyl, octane-1,8-two Base. Examples of -Ra32-〇-Ra33 ': methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, propoxymethyl, methoxyethyl, ethoxyethyl, propoxyethyl, methoxy Propyl, ethoxypropyl, propoxypropyl, 2-hydroxyl-4-ylmethoxy, octyloxypropyl, 3-ethoxypropyl, 3-(2-ethylhexyl) Oxy)propyl and the like. Examples of -Ra32-C0-0-Ra33 include a methoxycarbonylmethyl group, a methoxycarbonylethyl group, an ethoxycarbonylcarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonylethyl group, a propoxycarbonylmethyl group, and a propoxy group. Alkylcarbonylethyl, butoxycarbonylmethyl, butoxycarbonylethyl and the like. Examples of -Ra32-0-C0-Ra33 include ethoxymethyloxymethyl, ethoxylated ethyl, ethylcarbonyloxymethyl, ethylcarbonyloxyethyl, propylcarbonyloxyfluorenyl. And propylcarbonyloxyethyl, butylcarbonyloxyindenyl, butylcarbonyloxyethyl and the like. As -S02NHRa3G, there may be mentioned: an amine sulfonyl group; N-methylamine sulfonyl group, N-ethylamine sulfonyl group, N-propylamine sulfonyl group, N-isopropylamine sulfhydryl group, N -butylamine hydrazino, N-isobutylamine sulfhydryl, N-second butylamine sulfonyl, N-tert-butylamine sulfonyl, N-pentylamine sulfonyl, N -(l-ethylpropyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(l,l-dimethylpropyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(l,2-dimercaptopropyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(l-decylbutyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(2-mercaptobutyl)amine sulfonyl, N- (3-methylbutyl)amine sulfonyl, N-cyclopentylamine sulfonyl, N-hexylamine sulfonyl, N-(l,3-didecylbutyl)amine sulfonyl, N -(3,3-dimercaptobutyl)amine sulfonyl, N-heptylamine sulfonyl, N-(l-曱150731.doc -56- 201113303 hexyl)amine sulfonyl, N-( l,4-Dimethylpentyl)amine sulfonyl, N-octylamine (tetra)decyl, fluorenyl-(2-ethylhexyl)amine, n-(i,5-dimethyl)hexylamine An aliphatic hydrocarbon group such as a sulfonyl group, an N-(l,l,2,2-tetramethylbutyl)amine sulfonyl group, or an N-allylamine fluorenyl group Substituted amine fluorenyl; N-(2-decyloxyethyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(2-ethoxyethyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(1-methoxypropyl)amine Sulfonyl, N_(3-methoxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(3-ethoxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(3-propoxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(3-Isopropoxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, n-(3-hexyloxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(2-ethylhexyloxypropyl)amine sulfonyl , N_(3_2nd-butoxypropyl)amine, N-(4-octyloxybutyl)amine, and the aminesulfonyl group substituted by -R31-0-R32; N- (methoxycarbonyl fluorenyl) amine sulfonyl, N-(methoxycarbonylethyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(ethoxycarbonylmethyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(ethoxy Alkyl sulfonyl, N-(propoxycarbonylindenyl)amine sulfonyl, n-(propoxycarbonylethyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(butoxycarbonylmethyl)amine Amine substituted by -R31-CO-0-R32 such as sulfonyl, N-(butoxycarbonylethyl)aminesulfonyl; N-(ethyloxymethyl)amine hydrazino, N -(Ethyloxyethyl)amine, N-(ethylcarbonyloxymethyl)amine sulfonate , N-(ethylcarbonyloxyethyl)amine hydrazino, N-(propylcarbonyloxymethyl)amine decyl, N-(propylcarbonyloxyethyl)amine sulfonyl, N -(butylcarbonyloxymethyl)amine sulfonic acid, N-(butylcarbonyloxyethyl)amine sulfonyl group, etc. substituted with -R3]-0-C0-R32; Cyclohexylamine continuation base, N-(2-decyl ruthenyl) amine base, 150731.doc -57· 201113303 decylcyclohexyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(4-decylcyclohexyl) Aminesulfonyl group substituted with a cyclohexyl group having a substituent such as a sulfonyl group or an N-(4-butylcyclohexyl)amine sulfonyl group; N-benzylaminesulfonyl group, N-(l-phenyl group) Ethyl)sulfonyl, n-(2-phenylethyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(3-phenylpropyl)aminesulfonyl, n-(4-phenylbutyl)amine Indenyl, N-[2-(2-naphthyl)ethyl;j-aminosulfonyl, N-[2-(4-methylphenyl)ethyl]aminesulfonyl, N-(3-styl) An arylsulfonyl group substituted with an aralkyl group such as a 1-propyl)aminesulfonyl group or an N-(3-phenyl-1-methylpropyl)aminesulfonyl group. Examples of the -COORa30 include a decyloxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propyloxycarbonyl group, a butoxycarbonyl group, a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group, and a decyloxycarbonyl group. Examples of the -S〇2Ra30 include a sulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, a propyl sulfonyl group, an isopropyl sulfonyl group, a n-butyl sulfonyl group, a second butyl sulfonyl group, and a third butyl sulfonyl group. Ethylsulfonyl, hexylsulfonyl, heptylsulfonyl, octylsulfonyl, methylbutasulfonyl, 1,1,3,3-tetradecylsulfonyl, anthracene, 5_didecyl Sulfhydryl group, 1,6-dimethylheptanesulfonyl group, 2-ethylhexylsulfonyl group, 115,5 tetramethylhexanyl group, and the like. It is preferred that at least one of 疋R 1 to Ra 8 is a nitro group because of the tendency to have high heat resistance. As R, a one-valent aliphatic nicotinyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cyclohexyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -Ra32-0-Ra33, and -Ra32-C0-0-Ra33 are preferred. And -Ra32-〇_C〇_Ra33. A preferred example of the azo compound which becomes a ligand of a miscellaneous anion in the compound represented by the formula (3) is exemplified by the formula (l-al) to (l_a64) 150731.doc -58- 201113303 shows compounds and the like.
(1-a3)(1-a3)
(1-a2)(1-a2)
(1-34) (1-36) (1-a8)(1-34) (1-36) (1-a8)
(1-a10) (1-a12)(1-a10) (1-a12)
(1-a14)(1-a14)
(1-a16)(1-a16)
(1-a18) (1-a20) 150731.doc -59- 201113303(1-a18) (1-a20) 150731.doc -59- 201113303
(1-a21) (1-a23) (1^a25)(1-a21) (1-a23) (1^a25)
〇H Hd N=/ (1-a22) so2nh2 卞 S02NH2_ 02N ^ OH HO0^ν=νΆ ο2νλ^ oh ho so2nh2 (1-a26)〇H Hd N=/ (1-a22) so2nh2 卞 S02NH2_ 02N ^ OH HO0^ν=νΆ ο2νλ^ oh ho so2nh2 (1-a26)
(1-a27> (1-a29)(1-a27> (1-a29)
(1-a28) (1-a30) T N=N_^no2 {1'a31) h2no2s/w OH ho o2n n=/ HsNOaS^^ 〇H HO O2N /=^\^〇Η3 ^Ynt N=N' H2N02S ^ OH HO 〇2N N=^ /=\vCI t N=N^ HaNOaS^^ OH H〇(1-a28) (1-a30) TN=N_^no2 {1'a31) h2no2s/w OH ho o2n n=/ HsNOaS^^ 〇H HO O2N /=^\^〇Η3 ^Ynt N=N' H2N02S ^ OH HO 〇2N N=^ /=\vCI t N=N^ HaNOaS^^ OH H〇
(1^a33) (1-a35) (1-a37)(1^a33) (1-a35) (1-a37)
S02NH2 (1a-32)S02NH2 (1a-32)
N02 N-N—4 ^ (1-934) )—^so2nh2N02 N-N—4 ^ (1-934) )—^so2nh2
〇H HO〇H HO
〇H HO fe^N=N 我―,^〇H HO fe^N=N I,,^
〇H HO 150731.doc -60- 201113303 Ο〇H HO 150731.doc -60- 201113303 Ο
(1-a39) {1-a41) (1-a43) (1-a45) (1-a47) (1a-49) (1-a51) (1-a53) (1-a65)(1-a39) {1-a41) (1-a43) (1-a45) (1-a47) (1a-49) (1-a51) (1-a53) (1-a65)
(l-a40) (1-842) (1-a44)(l-a40) (1-842) (1-a44)
(1-a46) (1-a46)(1-a46) (1-a46)
(1-a50)(1-a50)
(1-a52) (1-a54) (1-a56) 150731.doc -61 - 201113303(1-a52) (1-a54) (1-a56) 150731.doc -61 - 201113303
(1-a58) (1-a60) <1-a62)(1-a58) (1-a60) <1-a62)
(1-a64) 作為式(3)所示之化合物中之錯合陰離子之較好之例, 可列舉式(Ι-bl)〜式(l-b60)所示之陰離子等。(1-a64) A preferred example of the complex anion in the compound represented by the formula (3) is an anion represented by the formula (Ι-bl) to the formula (1-b60).
150731.doc -62- 201113303 o150731.doc -62- 201113303 o
(1-t>7) <1-b9)(1-t>7) <1-b9)
Θ •b MW· ja1Θ •b MW· ja1
H^S λρ- P〆 \ o jcr Θ (1-b8) 02N" ,N〇2 Θ HO3Sςτ * 〇2N^ 、so3hH^S λρ- P〆 \ o jcr Θ (1-b8) 02N" ,N〇2 Θ HO3Sςτ * 〇2N^ , so3h
S02NH2 Θ (1七12)S02NH2 Θ (1 7 12)
Θ 3) ΘΘ 3) Θ
XQ aXQ a
\CXN·'\CXN·'
,0,0
N pf 5 i oN pf 5 i o
150731.doc -63· 201113303150731.doc -63· 201113303
150731.doc -64- 201113303150731.doc -64- 201113303
-65 - 201113303-65 - 201113303
150731.doc -66- 201113303150731.doc -66- 201113303
θ (1·Μ8) (1-b50)θ (1·Μ8) (1-b50)
θ <1«b62) Θ (1-b54) Θ (1-b56) 150731.doc -67- 201113303θ <1«b62) Θ (1-b54) Θ (1-b56) 150731.doc -67- 201113303
(1 切 7) <1*b59) Ν«\ 、 〇r'(1 cut 7) <1*b59) Ν«\ , 〇r'
Nr?Nr?
Ν〇2 >s〇2〇h4 θ 0-b58) Π2 S〇jCH3,ο °^Ν^ΝΝ^ e d-beo)Ν〇2 >s〇2〇h4 θ 0-b58) Π2 S〇jCH3, ο °^Ν^ΝΝ^ e d-beo)
Dl為氫陽離子一價金屬陽離子或 骨架之化合物之一價陽離子。盆一 ”有二苯并哌喃Dl is a monovalent cation of a hydrogen cation monovalent metal cation or a compound of a skeleton. Potted one" with dibenzopyran
片之亮度較高之方面而t,較好的^所獲得之彩色遽光 蚤恕·> & 1又好的是來自具有二絮X 化合物之一價陽離子。作為具有-笨^并°底°南 化合物,可列舉式⑴所示之化合物:有-…喃骨架之 面二式(3)所不之化合物,就於有機溶劑中之溶解性 面而吕,較好的是式㈣所示之化合物。 方The brightness of the film is higher, and t is better. The color light obtained by the film is good. It is also derived from a cation having a bis-x compound. The compound represented by the formula (1): a compound having a surface of the formula (1), which is not a compound of the formula (3), is soluble in an organic solvent. Preferred are the compounds represented by the formula (IV). square
(3-1) Ra28 [式(3-1)令 碳數1〜8之 R〜Ra58互相獨立表示氫原子、鹵素原子、 一價脂肪族烴基、硝基、磺基、_s〇2Ra33 15073i.doc -68- 201113303 或-S02NHRa34 〇(3-1) Ra28 [Formula (3-1) allows R to Ra58 of carbon number 1 to 8 to independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a nitro group, a sulfo group, _s〇2Ra33 15073i.doc -68- 201113303 or -S02NHRa34 〇
Ra34表示氫原子、碳數卜8之—價脂肪族烴基、可經碳數 1 〜4之烷基取代之環己基、·Κ&32_〇·κ&33、_Ra32_c〇_〇 Ra33、 -Ra32-0-C0-Ra33或碳數7〜1〇之芳烷基。Ra34 represents a hydrogen atom, a valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group of a carbon number, a cyclohexyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, Κ&32_〇·κ&33, _Ra32_c〇_〇Ra33, -Ra32 -0-C0-Ra33 or an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 1 Å.
Ra32表示碳數1〜8之二價脂肪族烴基。Ra32 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
Ra33表示碳數1〜8之一價脂肪族烴基。Ra33 represents a one-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
Ra59及Ra0〇互相獨立表示氫原子、曱基、乙基或胺基。 M2表示Cr或Co。Ra59 and Ra0〇 independently of each other represent a hydrogen atom, a thiol group, an ethyl group or an amine group. M2 represents Cr or Co.
Ra21〜Ra24互相獨立表示氫原子、碳數卜8之一價脂肪族 烴基或碳數6〜10之一價芳香族烴基,該脂肪族烴基及該芳 香族烴基中所含之氫原子可經羥基、_〇R32、續 基、-S03Na、-S03K或鹵素原子取代。Ra21 to Ra24 independently of each other represent a hydrogen atom, a carbon number, a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a carbon number of 6 to 10, a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may pass through a hydroxyl group. , _ 〇 R32, contiguous, -S03Na, -S03K or halogen atom substitution.
Ra25及Ra26分別獨立氳原子或甲基。Ra25 and Ra26 are each independently an atom or a methyl group.
Ra27表示伸乙基、丙烷-1,3-二基或丙烷二基。Ra27 represents an ethyl group, a propane-1,3-diyl group or a propanediyl group.
Ra28表示氫原子或碳數1〜4之烧基。 η表示1〜4之整數。於η為2以上之整數之情形時,複數個 R27可相互相同亦可不同]。 作為碳數1〜8之一價脂肪族烴基,可列舉與表示上述 Ral〜Ral8者相同之基。 作為碳數1〜8之二價脂肪族烴基,可列舉與表示上述Ra32 者相同之基。 作為碳數1〜4之烷基,可列舉:曱基、乙基、正丙基、 異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基等。 作為碳數6〜10之一價芳香族烴基,可列舉:苯基、甲基 150731.doc •69· 201113303 苯基、二甲基苯基、三甲基苯基、乙基苯基、丙基苯基、 丁基苯基、萘基等芳基;苄基、二苯基甲基、苯基乙基、 3-苯基丙基等芳烷基等。 作為可經碳數1 ~4之烷基取代之環己基,可列舉:2-甲 基環己基、2-乙基環己基、2-丙基環己基、2-異丙基環己 基、2_ 丁基環己基、4-甲基環己基、4-乙基環己基、4-丙 基環己基、4-異丙基環己基、4-丁基環己基等。 較好的是Ra41〜Ra58中之至少一者為硝基,原因在於如此 則具有耐熱性較高之傾向。 又,較好的是Ra41〜Ra45之至少一者及Ra46〜RaSO中之至少 —者為磺基、_S〇2NHRa34 或 _s〇2Ra33,更好的是 _s〇2Ra33, 進而好的是-so2ch3。 乍為R〜R ,較好的是氫原子或可具有取代基之碳數 1〜8之—價脂肪族烴基,更好的是氫原子或乙基,原因在 於色濃度較高。 作為Ra27 伸乙基。 較好的是伸乙基及丙烷q,2_二基,更好的是 丨…較好的是氫原子。 進而好的之1數’較好的是2〜4之整S ’更好的是3或 琨而好的是3。 〜 作為-(R_a27_〇、n Ra28 言, K ,就於有機溶劑中之溶解性方g 乙氧武]乙PA基乙氧基)乙基及2_[2-(2.經基乙氧 基。 更好的疋ΜΙ經基乙氧基)乙氧基 15 们 3l.d〇c •70- 201113303 作為式(3-1)所示之化合物中來自二苯并哌喃化合物之陽離 子的較好之例,可列舉式(Ι-cl)〜式(1-C48)所示之陽離子等。 οRa28 represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. η represents an integer of 1 to 4. In the case where η is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R27s may be the same or different from each other]. Examples of the one-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include the same groups as those of Ral to Ral8. Examples of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include the same groups as those of the above Ra32. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a second butyl group, and a third butyl group. Examples of the one-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms include a phenyl group and a methyl group 150731.doc • 69·201113303 phenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, trimethylphenyl group, ethylphenyl group, and propyl group. An aryl group such as a phenyl group, a butylphenyl group or a naphthyl group; an aralkyl group such as a benzyl group, a diphenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group or a 3-phenylpropyl group; and the like. Examples of the cyclohexyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include 2-methylcyclohexyl group, 2-ethylcyclohexyl group, 2-propylcyclohexyl group, 2-isopropylcyclohexyl group, and 2-butyl group. Alkylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-ethylcyclohexyl, 4-propylcyclohexyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 4-butylcyclohexyl, and the like. It is preferred that at least one of Ra41 to Ra58 is a nitro group because of the tendency to have high heat resistance. Further, it is preferred that at least one of Ra41 to Ra45 and at least one of Ra46 to RaSO are a sulfo group, _S〇2NHRa34 or _s〇2Ra33, more preferably _s〇2Ra33, and further preferably -so2ch3 . R is R to R, preferably a hydrogen atom or a valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an ethyl group, because the color density is high. As an extension of Ra27 ethyl. It is preferred to extend ethyl and propane q, 2 - diyl, more preferably hydrazine... preferably a hydrogen atom. Further preferably, the number of 'supplements' is preferably 2 or 4, and more preferably 3 or 琨, and preferably 3. ~ as -(R_a27_〇, n Ra28, K, solubility in organic solvents, ethoxylate) ethyl p-hydroxyethyl) ethyl and 2_[2-(2. ethoxylated) More preferably, ruthenyl ethoxy) ethoxy 15 3l.d〇c • 70- 201113303 is preferred as the cation of the dibenzopipen compound in the compound of formula (3-1). Examples thereof include a cation represented by the formula (Ι-cl) to the formula (1-C48). ο
201113303201113303
150731.doc -72- 201113303150731.doc -72- 201113303
150731.doc ·73· 201113303150731.doc ·73· 201113303
(1-C37)(1-C37)
(1-〇40)(1-〇40)
(1-C46)(1-C46)
作為式(3-1)所示之化合物,具體可列舉式(3a-l)〜式 (3a-26)所示之化合物等。 150731.doc -74- 201113303Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (3-1) include a compound represented by the formula (3a-1) to the formula (3a-26). 150731.doc -74- 201113303
150731.doc -75 201113303150731.doc -75 201113303
HsN02SHsN02S
II
N〇2N〇2
oo
N Λ 〇2N~\ // so2nh2N Λ 〇2N~\ // so2nh2
N-^ I ΘN-^ I Θ
(3a-6)(3a-6)
NO, e H2NO2S ^Cr 0NO, e H2NO2S ^Cr 0
〇2N〇2N
\ fy so2w2 °-\ fy so2w2 °-
00
crCr
(3a-7) 、。〜OH(3a-7), . ~OH
j〇^ \ H2N〇2S ^br-^° 0^- (\ />-N^ J^^-^^so2nh2J〇^ \ H2N〇2S ^br-^° 0^- (\ />-N^ J^^-^^so2nh2
y^N Θy^N Θ
(3a-8) 、。〜OH N-(3a-8), . ~OH N-
λ "Nλ "N
θ ,N、 H2NO2S r pθ , N, H2NO2S r p
so2nh2So2nh2
00
s- (3a-9)S- (3a-9)
H2N02SH2N02S
NN
_0_0
Xr"Xr"
γ 〜so2nh2 I N 众 Θγ ~so2nh2 I N Θ
(3a-10) .Os 150731.doc -76- 201113303(3a-10) .Os 150731.doc -76- 201113303
(3a-15) 150731.doc -77· 201113303 Η〇3$(3a-15) 150731.doc -77· 201113303 Η〇3$
Π© so3hΠ© so3h
*πθ*πθ
H2NO2SH2NO2S
150731.doc >78- 201113303150731.doc >78- 201113303
150731.doc -79- 201113303150731.doc -79- 201113303
式(3-1)所示之化合物 之八體例令,就於有機溶劑中之溶 解性方面而$,較好的g 、 好的疋式(3叫、式(3a-3)〜式(3a_5)、式 3 7)式(Μ、式(3a_U)〜式(h-16)、式(3a-18)〜式 二1)及式(3a_23)〜式(3a_26)所示之化合物,更好的是式 (3a-l)所示之化合物、 一 飞(_3)所不之化合物及式(3a_23)所 不之化合物- w / ㈣Ϊ式(3)所示之化合物時’可藉由如下方式而製造: '⑽所不之化合物及鉻化合物形成鉻錯合鹽,戍使 用式㈣所示之化合物及銘化合物形絲 ^ 視需要使該錯之鹽進㈣交換The octagonal order of the compound represented by the formula (3-1) is in terms of solubility in an organic solvent, preferably g, a good formula (3, formula (3a-3) to (3a_5) And the compound of the formula 3 7) (Μ, (3a_U) to (h-16), (3a-18) to 2) and the formula (3a-23) to (3a-26), more preferably The compound represented by the formula (3a-l), the compound of the formula (3), and the compound of the formula (3a-23)-w / (iv) the compound of the formula (3) can be used as follows And the manufacture: '(10) The compound and the chromium compound form a chromium-mismatched salt, and the compound represented by the formula (IV) and the compound compound-shaped wire are used, and the salt of the wrong salt is exchanged as needed.
(3d) 與式(3)中 相同之 [式(3d)中,Ral〜Ra5 含義]。(3d) The same as in the formula (3), [in the formula (3d), the meaning of Ral to Ra5].
Ran〜Ra"及R⑴表示 H 物可利㈣料領域中眾所心 L比唑化合物進行重氮偶合之方法而製造。 式(3_1)所示之化合物可藉由使上述錯合鹽與式〜 150731.doc •80· 201113303 造 苯并哌喃化合物進行鹽交換反應而製 ΟRan~Ra" and R(1) are produced by the method of diazo coupling of L-azole compounds in the field of H. The compound represented by the formula (3_1) can be produced by subjecting the above-mentioned mixed salt to a salt exchange reaction with a benzoquinone compound of the formula: 150731.doc •80·201113303.
A Θ (b) [式⑻中,W8及η表示與式(3_ 示一價陰離子]。 作為一價陰離子,可列舉.C1· BF4·等。 式⑻所示二笨并㈣化合物可藉由使式⑽所— 物與綱所示之化合物於有機溶劑中進行反應而製造。 〇中相同之含義。Α·表A Θ (b) [In the formula (8), W8 and η represent a formula (3_ represents a monovalent anion). Examples of the monovalent anion include .C1·BF4·, etc. The compound of the formula (8) and the compound of the formula (8) can be used. The compound of the formula (10) is produced by reacting a compound represented by the formula with an organic solvent. The same meaning is used in the oxime.
Bre、 CKV、PF6.或 示之化合Bre, CKV, PF6. or combination
A Θ (b0) (bl) Ο ,Ra21^ U。A表示與式⑻中相同之含義]。 :述反應中,反應溫度較好的是15。。〜60。。,反應時間 較好的是1小時〜】?/丨 _ 』、時。又,就縮短反應時間或提高產率 方面而。較好的是使用酸觸媒及/或脫水劑。 作為酸觸媒,可列奥·# J列舉.硫酸、對甲苯磺酸等。 作為脫水劑,可利I . J舉.二環己基碳二醯亞胺、二異丙基 兔一醯亞胺、“卩| ^ 土 -(3-二甲基胺基丙基)碳二醯亞胺鹽 150731.doc 201113303 酸鹽等碳二醯亞胺類;丨_烷基_2峭代吡啶鑌鹽類;丨,1,_羰 基一咪唑,雙(2-側氧基-3-呤唑啶基)次膦醯氣化物;二_2_ 吡啶基碳酸鹽等。其中,作為脫水劑,較好的是u乙Z_3_ (3-一曱基胺基丙基)碳二醯亞胺鹽酸鹽,原因在於容易進 行後處理及純化。 作為上述反應中所使用之有機溶劑,可列舉:二氯曱 烷、氯仿、四氫呋喃、曱苯、乙腈等。 式(3-1)所示之化合物可藉由使上述錯合鹽與式所示 二苯并哌喃化合物於溶劑中進行鹽交換反應而製造。較好 的是以1 : 1〜1 : 4之莫耳比使鈷錯合鹽與二苯并哌喃化合 物(b)進行反應。 口 該等染料係根據於溶劑中之溶解度、或使用含有該染料 之感光性树脂組合物形成彩色濾光片之圖案時的耐光拇色 性或分光光譜而適當選擇。 上染料之含量相對於著色感光性樹脂組合物之固形物成分 ,好的是0·5〜60質量% ’更好的是〇 7〜5〇質量%,進而好的 疋1〜40質量%。此處,所謂固形物成分係指自著色感光性 樹脂組合物中除去溶劑後之成分的合計量。 進而,著色劑(Α)較好的是除染料以外亦含有顏料。 作為顏料,可列舉有機顏料及無機顏料,可列舉於「染 料索W」(The Society 〇f Dyers _〜1〇如山出版)中分類 為顏料之化合物等。 作為有機顏料’具體可列舉:例如。顏料黃丨、3、 12、13、14、15、16、17、2〇、24、31、53、、%、 J50731.doc -82· 201113303 93、94、109、110、117、125、128、137、138、139、 147、148、150、153、154、166、173、194、214等黃色 顏料; C.I.顏料橙 13、31、36、38、40、42、43、51、55、59、 61、64、65、71、73等橙色顏料; C.I.顏料紅 9、97、105、122、123、144、149、166、 168 、 176 、 177 、 180 、 192 ' 209 、 215 、 216 、 224 、 242 、 254、255、264、265 等紅色顏料; C.I.顏料藍 15、15:3、15·_4 ' 15:6、60等藍色顏料; C.I·顏料紫1、19、23、29、32、36、38等紫色顏料; C.I.顏料綠7、36、58等綠色顏料; C.I.顏料棕23、25等棕色顏料; C.I·顏料黑1、7等黑色顏料等。 其中,較好的是c.i·顏料黃138、cj顏料黃139、c]顏 料κ 150、C.I.顏料紅177、C I顏料紅2〇9、c j顏料紅 242、C.I.顏料紅254、c〗.顏料紅紫23、c丨·顏料藍15:3、 C.I.顏料藍15:6及c.][顏料綠7、CI.顏料綠%、匚丄顏料綠 58。作為本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物中所使用之顏 料’更好的是含有選自由„.顏料藍15:6、c t顏料紅 254、C丄顏料紅242、„顏料紅m、ci顏料綠58、。 顏料黃15〇及C丄顏料黃138所組成之群中的至少一種之顏 料。 上述顏料亦可視需要實施松香處理、使用導人有酸性基 或驗性基之顏料衍生物或顏料分散劑等之表面處理、利用 150731.doc •83- 201113303 化 ==化合物料簡表面之純處理、利用硫酸微粒化 化處理、或用以除去雜質之利用有機溶劑 2 4進仃之清洗處理、利用離子交換法等除去離子性雜 料里等…顏料較好的是粒徑均勻。可藉由含有顏 枓刀政劑進行分散處理,而獲得顏料在溶液中均勻分散之 狀態的顏料分散液。 作為上述顏料分散劑,可使用市售之界面活性劑,例如 可列舉.聚矽氧系、氟系、冑,系、陽離子系、陰離子系、 非離子系、兩性、聚酯系、、多胺系、丙烯酸系等之界面活 性劑等,該等可分別單獨使用或將兩種以上組合使用。作 為上述界面活性劑’可列舉:聚氧乙烯院基謎類聚氧乙 烯烷基苯醚類、聚乙二醇二酯類、山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯類、 月曰肪酸改質聚酯類、三級胺改質聚胺基甲酸酯類、聚乙烯 亞胺類等,除此之外,亦可列舉商品名κρ(信越化學工業 股份有限公司製造)、P〇ly fl〇w(共榮社化學股份有限公司 製造)、Eftop(Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals股 份有限公司)、Megaface(DIC股份有限公司製造)、 Fluorad(住友3M股份有限公司製造)、Asahi Guard(旭確子 股份有限公司製造)、Surflon(AGC Seimi Chemical股份有 限公司製造)、Solsperse(Zeneca股份有限公司製造)、 EFKA(CIBA公司製造)、Ajisper(Ajinomoto Fine-Techno股 份有限公司製造)、Disperbyk(BYK-Chemie公司製造)等。 於使用顏料分散劑之情形時,其使用量相對於每1質量 份之顏料較好的是1質量份以下,更好的是0·05質量份以 150731.doc -84- 201113303 3若顏料分散劑之使用量在上述範圍 之刀散狀態之顏料分散液之傾向,故 該等染料及顏料可八 刀另使用一種或將兩種以上組合使 用。又,染料及黯姐飞 十卄及顏枓可以任意之比率混合使用。 著色劑(A)中之Α Θ i 染4之3量為3〜100質量%,較好的是 、里%,更好的是5〜80質量%。A Θ (b0) (bl) Ο , Ra21^ U. A represents the same meaning as in the formula (8)]. In the reaction described above, the reaction temperature is preferably 15. . ~60. . The reaction time is better for 1 hour ~]? /丨 _ 』, hour. Also, it is in terms of shortening the reaction time or increasing the yield. It is preferred to use an acid catalyst and/or a dehydrating agent. As an acid catalyst, Kelio #J enumerates sulfuric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and the like. As a dehydrating agent, it can be used as a dehydrating agent. Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropyl rabbit-imine, "卩|^土-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbon dioxime Imine salt 150731.doc 201113303 Carboxylides such as acid salts; 丨-alkyl 2 代 pyridinium salts; hydrazine, 1, carbonyl monoimidazole, bis (2- oxo-3- oxime) Oxazinyl)phosphinium sulfonate; di-2-pyridyl carbonate, etc. Among them, as the dehydrating agent, u-Z Z 3 -(3-monodecylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride is preferred. The salt is easily post-treated and purified. Examples of the organic solvent used in the above reaction include dichlorosilane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, acetonitrile, etc. The compound represented by the formula (3-1) can be used. It is produced by subjecting the above-mentioned mixed salt to a salt exchange reaction with a dibenzopyran compound represented by the formula in a solvent. Preferably, the cobalt is miscible with a molar ratio of 1:1 to 1:4. The benzopyrazole compound (b) is reacted. The dyes are formed according to the solubility in a solvent or by using a photosensitive resin composition containing the dye to form a color filter. The content of the dye is preferably 0.5 to 60% by mass relative to the solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition. The better is 〇7~5. 〇% by mass, and further preferably 疋1 to 40% by mass. Here, the solid content component refers to the total amount of components after removing the solvent from the colored photosensitive resin composition. Further, the colorant (Α) is preferred. In addition to the dye, the pigment is also contained. The pigment may, for example, be an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment, and may be exemplified by a compound classified as a pigment in "The Society 〇f Dyers" (The Society 〇f Dyers _~1〇山山出版). Specific examples of the organic pigment' include, for example. Pigment Astragalus, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 2, 24, 31, 53, %, J50731.doc -82· 201113303 93, 94, 109, 110, 117, 125, 128 Yellow pigments such as 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 153, 154, 166, 173, 194, 214; CI Pigment Orange 13, 31, 36, 38, 40, 42, 43, 51, 55, 59 , 61, 64, 65, 71, 73 and other orange pigments; CI pigment red 9, 97, 105, 122, 123, 144, 149, 166, 168, 176, 177, 180, 192 ' 209, 215, 216, 224 , red pigments such as 242, 254, 255, 264, 265; CI pigment blue 15, 15:3, 15·_4 '15:6, 60 and other blue pigments; CI·Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32 , 36, 38 and other purple pigments; CI pigment green 7, 36, 58 and other green pigments; CI pigment brown 23, 25 and other brown pigments; CI · pigment black 1, 7 and other black pigments. Among them, preferred are ci·pigment yellow 138, cj pigment yellow 139, c] pigment κ 150, CI pigment red 177, CI pigment red 2〇9, cj pigment red 242, CI pigment red 254, c〗. Pigment red purple 23, c丨·Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue 15:6 and c.] [Pigment Green 7, CI. Pigment Green %, 匚丄 Pigment Green 58. The pigment used in the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is more preferably selected from the group consisting of „. Pigment Blue 15:6, ct Pigment Red 254, C丄 Pigment Red 242, „Pigment Red m, ci Pigment Green. 58. A pigment of at least one of the group consisting of Pigment Yellow 15〇 and C丄 Pigment Yellow 138. The above pigment may also be subjected to a rosin treatment, a surface treatment using a pigment derivative or a pigment dispersant having an acidic group or an experimental group, and a pure treatment of the surface of the compound material by using 150731.doc •83-201113303 It is preferable to use a sulfuric acid atomization treatment, a cleaning treatment using an organic solvent to remove impurities, a ionic waste material to be removed by an ion exchange method, etc., and the pigment preferably has a uniform particle diameter. The pigment dispersion liquid in a state in which the pigment is uniformly dispersed in the solution can be obtained by dispersing the film containing the enamel. As the pigment dispersant, a commercially available surfactant can be used, and examples thereof include polyfluorene, fluorine, hydrazine, cation, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, polyester, and polyamine. A surfactant such as an acrylic or the like may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Examples of the above-mentioned surfactant include polyoxyethylene alkyl mystery polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, polyethylene glycol diesters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, montmorillonic acid modified polyesters, and the like. In addition to the above, the product name is κρ (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and P〇ly fl〇w (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.). Co., Ltd.), Eftop (Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals Co., Ltd.), Megaface (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Fluorad (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Asahi Guard (made by Asahi Co., Ltd.), Surflon ( Manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd., Solsperse (manufactured by Zeneca Co., Ltd.), EFKA (manufactured by CIBA Co., Ltd.), Ajisper (manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd.), Disperbyk (manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.), and the like. In the case of using a pigment dispersant, the amount thereof is preferably 1 part by mass or less per 1 part by mass of the pigment, more preferably 0.05 part by mass to 150731.doc -84 - 201113303 3 if the pigment is dispersed The amount of the agent to be used is in the range of the above-described range of the pigment dispersion liquid in the state of the knives. Therefore, the dyes and the pigments may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, the dye and the sister-in-law, Shiyan and Yan Yan can be mixed at any ratio. The amount of Α i dyed 4 in the colorant (A) is 3 to 100% by mass, preferably 5% by weight, more preferably 5 to 80% by mass.
上、0.5質量份以下 内,則存在獲得均勻 而較好。 著色劑(Α)中之顏料之含量為〇〜97質量%,較好的是 5 95虞量%,更好的是2〇~95質量%。 若染料及顏料之含量在上述範圍内,則存在可獲得目標 刀光且亦可兼具優異之耐熱性、耐光性的傾向,故而較 好0 將使用著色感光性樹脂組合物形成之塗膜及/或圖案用 ;液Β曰.4示裝置等中所具備之彩色濾光片之情形時,該著 色感光性樹脂組合物係分別製備藍色感光性樹脂組合物、 綠色感光性樹脂組合物及紅色感光性樹脂組合物。 藍色感光性樹脂組合物較好的是含有式(1)所示之化合 物作為染料。X ’作為顏料’較好的是含有選自ci·顏料 紅紫23、C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:6中之至少一種顏 料’更好的是含有C.I.顏料藍15:6。 於顏料為C.I.顏料藍15:6之情形時,C.I.顏料藍15:6與式 U)所示之化合物之質量比較好的是97:3〜50:50。 綠色感光性樹脂組合物較好的是含有式(2)所示之化合 物作為染料。又,較好的是含有選自C I.顏料綠36、c I顏 150731.doc -85- 201113303 料綠58、C.1.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃150中之至少一種作為 顏料。 紅色感光性樹脂組合物較好的是含有式(3)所示之化合 物作為染料。又,較好的是含有選自C.I.顏料黃138、C丄 顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃15〇、c.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅 242、C_I.顏料紅254中之至少一種作為顏料。 著色劑(A)之含量相對於著色感光性樹脂組合物中之固 形物成分較好的是5〜60質量%,更好的是8〜55質量%,進 而好的是10〜50質量%。若著色劑(A)之含量在上述範圍 内,則存在製成彩色濾光片時之色濃度充分,且可使組合 物中含有所需量之黏合樹脂,因此可形成機械強度充分之 圖案的傾向,故而較好。 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物含有黏合樹脂(B)。 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物所含有之黏合樹脂⑺) 係含有藉由如下方式而獲得之樹脂(BA)(以下,有時稱為 樹月曰(BA)」)的黏合樹脂:於選自由雙酚a型環氧樹脂及 雙酚F型環氧樹脂所組成之群中的至少一種(Ba)上加^具 有羧基及聚合性雙鍵之單體(Bb),繼而與選自由丁二酸 肝、順丁烯三酸酐及四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐所組成之群中的至 少一種(Be)進行反應,進而與含有選自由雙紛a型環氧樹 脂及雙酚F型環氧樹脂所組成之群中之至少一種的多官能 環氧化合物(Bd)進行反應。 選自由雙酚A型環氧樹脂及雙酚F型環氧樹脂所組成之 群中的至少-種(Ba)(以下有時稱為「環氧樹脂㈣」)為 150731.doc -86 - 201113303 下述式(Ba-l)所示之化合物。 [化 37]In the case of 0.5 parts by mass or less, it is preferable to obtain uniformity. The content of the pigment in the colorant (Α) is from 〇 to 97% by mass, preferably from 5% to 95% by weight, more preferably from 2 to 95% by mass. When the content of the dye and the pigment is within the above range, the target knives may be obtained, and excellent heat resistance and light resistance may be obtained. Therefore, it is preferred to use a coating film formed by using the colored photosensitive resin composition and In the case of a color filter provided in a liquid crystal display device or the like, the colored photosensitive resin composition is prepared by preparing a blue photosensitive resin composition, a green photosensitive resin composition, and Red photosensitive resin composition. The blue photosensitive resin composition preferably contains a compound represented by the formula (1) as a dye. X ' as a pigment' preferably contains at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of ci·pigment red violet 23, C.I. pigment blue 15:3, C.I. pigment blue 15:6, and more preferably contains C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6. In the case where the pigment is C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6, the mass of the compound represented by C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 and Formula U) is preferably 97:3 to 50:50. The green photosensitive resin composition preferably contains a compound represented by the formula (2) as a dye. Further, it is preferred to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of C I. Pigment Green 36, c I 颜 150731.doc -85 - 201113303 Green 58, 58. C. 1. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 as a pigment. The red photosensitive resin composition preferably contains a compound represented by the formula (3) as a dye. Further, it is preferred to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of C.I. Pigment Yellow 138, C丄 Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. Pigment Yellow 15〇, c.I. Pigment Red 177, C.I. Pigment Red 242, C_I. Pigment Red 254 as a pigment. The content of the coloring agent (A) is preferably from 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably from 8 to 55% by mass, even more preferably from 10 to 50% by mass, based on the solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition. When the content of the coloring agent (A) is within the above range, the color density when the color filter is formed is sufficient, and the composition may contain a desired amount of the binder resin, so that a pattern having a sufficient mechanical strength can be formed. It tends to be better. The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a binder resin (B). The binder resin (7) contained in the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a binder resin (BA) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "Architecture (BA)") obtained by the following method: a monomer (Bb) having a carboxyl group and a polymerizable double bond, and at least one selected from the group consisting of a free bisphenol a type epoxy resin and a bisphenol F type epoxy resin (Ba) At least one of the group consisting of sour liver, maleic anhydride, and tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (Be) is reacted, and further contains an epoxy resin selected from the group consisting of a double-type epoxy resin and a bisphenol F-type epoxy resin. The polyfunctional epoxy compound (Bd) of at least one of the groups is reacted. At least one type (Ba) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "epoxy resin (four)") selected from the group consisting of bisphenol A type epoxy resin and bisphenol F type epoxy resin is 150731.doc -86 - 201113303 A compound represented by the following formula (Ba-1). [化37]
OH 式(Ba-l)中,R表示氫原子或甲基。n表示聚合度之平均 值,為0〜20 ’較好的是〇〜2,進而好的是〇〜ι。 作為具有羧基及聚合性雙鍵之單體(Bb)(以下有時稱為 「單體(Bb)」),具體可列舉:丙烯酸、曱基丙烯酸、丁烯 酸、衣康酸、順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、檸康酸、中康 酸、肉桂酸、丁二酸單[2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基]酯、‘ 羧基聚己内酯單(曱基)丙烯酸酯等。其中,較好的是丙烯 酸、甲基丙烯酸,尤其好的是丙烯酸,原因在於存在光聚 合性較高、感光度變高之傾向。 本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基」,係表示選自由 丙烯醯基及曱基丙烯醯基所組成之群中的至少一種。又, 「(甲基)丙浠酸」等亦表示相同之含義。 作為選自由丁二酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐及四氫鄰苯二甲酸 酐所組成之群中的至少一種(Bc)(以下,有時稱為「酸酐 (Be)」)’可分別單獨使用丁二酸酐、順丁烯二酸軒、四氯 鄰苯二甲酸酐,另外亦可將該等組合兩種以上而使用。其 中,較好的是丁二酸酐。 進而’亦可併用與酸酐(Be)不同之酸酐(以下,有時稱為 「酸酐(Be,)」)。作為酸酐(Bcl),可列舉:戊二酸針、摔 150731.doc •87- 201113303 康酸酐、衣康酸酐、 _ 鄰本一甲酸酐、5,6-二羧基雙環 [2.2.1]庚_2训(雙環庚烯二甲酸軒)等。 作為含有選自由譬 田雙盼At] j衣氧樹脂及雙酚ρ型環氧樹脂 所組成之群中之5 φ &夕 至夕一種的多官能環氧化合物(Bd)(以下, 有時稱為「多官能f g &人 衣氧化5物(Bd)」),可分別單獨使用雙 酚A型環氧樹脂、雙 雙紛F型ί衣虱樹脂,另外亦可將該等組合 兩種以上使用 合物,可列舉 等。 進而’作為含有該等樹脂之多官能環氧化 .雙酚S型環氧樹脂、雙酚苐型環氧樹脂 起始原料之%氧樹脂(Ba)與在酸Sf (Be)之反應後進行反 應之夕S此環氧化合物(Bd)可相同亦可不同。 樹脂(BA)可藉由如下所述之反應而獲得。 首先,使單體_與環氧樹脂(Ba)中之;裒氧基反應而導 (曱基)丙烯醯基,獲得於環氧樹脂(Ba)上加成有單體 (Bb)之反應物。繼而’使酸針(b…旨鍵結於所獲得之反鹿 物中之環氧基開環而生成之經基上,從而導入緩基。使: ㈣獲得之樹脂進而與多官能環氧化合物⑽)進行反應, 藉此可獲得樹脂(BA)。 環氧樹脂(Ba)與單體(Bb)之反應較好的是以相對於環氧 树月曰(Ba)中之環氧基1〇化學當量單體⑽)中之緩基大致 為相同當量之方式,進行〇.8〜U化學當量之反應。 又,環氧樹脂(Ba)與單體(Bb)之反應例如可於對笨二 紛、單甲醚對苯二龄、氧等聚合抑制劑以及三級胺、三: 膦、氣化鋰、四級銨鹽、四級鱗鹽等反應觸媒共存下,於 150731.doc -88- 201113303 80〜130 C下進行。 於藉由環氧樹脂(Ba)與單體(Bb)之反應所獲得之反應物 與酸酐(Be)的反應中,較好的是相對於藉由環氧樹脂(Ba) 與單體(Bb)之反應所生成之羥基1〇化學當量,使9 化學當量之酸酐(Be)與之反應。若酸酐(Bc)在上述範圍 内,則存在顯影性變得良好之傾向,故而較好。於併用酸 酐(Be’)之情形時,較好的是酸酐(Bc)與酸酐(Bc,)之合計量 在上述範圍内。 δ亥反應例如可於對苯二酚、單甲醚對苯二盼、氧等聚合 抑制劑之存在下,於無觸媒或者三級胺、三級膦、氯化 鋰、四級銨鹽、四級鱗鹽等之共存下,於5〇〜13〇t下進 行。 於藉由上述反應所獲得之樹脂與多官能環氧化合物(Bd) 之反應中,較好的是以相對於藉由與酸酐(Bc)反應所獲得 之樹脂中的羧基1.〇化學當量,多官能環氧化合物(Bd)中之 環氧基為G.1〜G.8化學當量之方式進行反應。若多官能環氧 化合物(Bd)巾之環氧基在上述職内,則存在顯影性機 械強度變得良好之傾向,故而較好。 該反應例如可於對苯二酚、單甲醚對苯二酚、氧等聚合 抑制劑之存在下’於三級胺、三級膦、氯化鋰、四級: 鹽、四級鐫鹽等反應觸媒共存下,於川〜丨刊艽下進行。 黏合樹脂(BA)較好的是進而使含有選自由丁二酸酐、順 丁烯二酸酐及四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐所組成之群中的至少一種 酸酐之化合物(Be)(以下有時稱為「酸針㈣」声藉由上 150731.doc -89- 201113303 述反應所獲得之樹脂進行反應而獲得的樹脂。藉由進行咳 反應,存在顯影性變得良好之傾向,故而較好。 ^ °亥反應巾,可使用之酸肝⑻)為與上述酸酐(Be)相同之 化合物。X,其反應條件與藉由環氧樹脂㈣與單體⑽) 之反應所獲得的反應物和酸酐(Bc)的反應條件相同。 樹脂(BA)之酸值較好的是2〇〜15〇,更好的是25〜13〇,尤 其好的疋3G〜110。若酸值在上述範圍内,則樹脂(BA)對於 顯影液之溶解性提高,未曝光部容易溶解,故而較好。此 處,酸值係測定中和i g丙婦酸系聚合物所需的氯氧化卸 之量(mg)而得的值,通常可藉由使用氫氧化鉀水溶液進行 滴定而求出。 以聚苯乙烯為基準藉由凝膠滲透層析法(㈣permeati〇n chromatography,GPC)所求出的樹脂(BA)之重量平均分子 2:較好的是2,000〜1〇〇,000,更好的是2〇〇〇〜5〇〇〇〇,尤其 好的是3,000〜30,0〇〇。若重量平均分子量在上述範圍内, 則存在塗佈性變得良好之傾向,並且存在可保持顯影時之 殘膜率且獲得較高之顯影速度之傾向,故而較好。 樹脂(BA)之分子量分佈[重量平均分子量(Mw)/數量平均 分子量(Μη)]較好的是1.1〜6.〇,更好的是12〜4 〇。若分子 量分佈在上述範圍内,則存在顯影性優異之傾向,因此較 好。 相對於黏合樹脂(Β) ’樹脂(ΒΑ)之含量以質量分率計較 好的是30〜100質量%,更好的是4〇〜1〇〇質量%,尤其好的 是50〜1〇〇質量%。若樹脂(ΒΑ)之含量在上述範圍内,則存 150731.doc •90· 201113303 在於顯景彡液中之溶解性充分’ ^於非像素部分之基板上 產生顯影殘渣之傾向,故而較好。 進而,黏合樹脂(B)除樹脂(BA)以外亦可併用眾所周知 之樹脂。 作為可併用作黏合樹脂(B)之樹脂,較好的是對顯影處 理v驟中所使用之顯影液、尤其好的是驗顯影液具有可溶 陡者’並無特別限定,例如可列舉:具有録、紛性經 基、磺酸基等酸性官能基之化合物(B1)(以下,有時稱為 (B1)」)與其他可共聚合之化合物的共聚物(BB)(以下, 有時稱為「樹脂(BB)」)。其中,(B1)較好的是具有羧基之 不飽和化合物。 (B1)可單獨使用或將兩種以上組合使用。 作為具有羧基之不飽和化合物,可列舉如不飽和單羧酸 或不飽和二羧酸等般於分子中具有單數或複數個羧基之不 飽和羧酸等。作為該不飽和羧酸,具體可列舉:丙烯酸、 甲基丙烯酸、丁烯酸、衣康酸、順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二 酸、檸康酸、中康酸、肉桂酸、丁二酸單[2_(甲基)丙烯醯 氧基乙基]酯、ω-羧基聚己内酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、5_羧 基-5-曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羧基_5_乙基雙環[2.2.1] 庚-2-烯、5-羧基-6-甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚烯、5-羧基-6-乙 基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2 -稀等。其中,較好的是丙稀酸、甲基丙 稀酸。 對於黏合樹脂(ΒΒ),可與(Β1)共聚合之化合物中,尤其 好的是含有來自具有硬化性基之不飽和化合物(Β〇)(以下, 150731.doc •91 · 201113303 有時稱為「(BO)」)的結構單 荖多成+ 稱皁7°之樹脂,原因在於可提高由 .^ 攻之者色圖案之可靠性(耐勃 耐光性、耐溶劑性' 機械特性等卜 ,、、、 作為具有硬化性基之 . 化5物(B0),例如較好者可 列舉具有碳_碳不飽和 β 丁OH In the formula (Ba-1), R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. n represents the average value of the degree of polymerization, and is 0 to 20 Å, preferably 〇 2, and further preferably 〇 〜 ι. Specific examples of the monomer (Bb) having a carboxyl group and a polymerizable double bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "monomer (Bb)") include acrylic acid, mercaptoacrylic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, and butylene. Diacid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, cinnamic acid, succinic acid mono [2-(methyl) propylene methoxyethyl] ester, 'carboxypolycaprolactone mono(indenyl) ) Acrylate and the like. Among them, acrylic acid and methacrylic acid are preferred, and acrylic acid is particularly preferred because of the tendency of high light polymerizability and high sensitivity. In the present specification, the "(meth)acryl fluorenyl group" means at least one selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a fluorenyl fluorenyl group. Moreover, "(meth)propionic acid" and the like also mean the same meaning. At least one selected from the group consisting of succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, and tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (Bc) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "anhydride (Be)") can be used alone. Succinic anhydride, maleic acid, and tetrachlorophthalic anhydride may be used in combination of two or more kinds. Among them, preferred is succinic anhydride. Further, an acid anhydride different from the acid anhydride (Be) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "anhydride (Be)) may be used in combination. As the acid anhydride (Bcl), a glutaric acid needle can be cited, and it falls 150731.doc • 87- 201113303 Tonic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, _ phthalic anhydride, 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo[2.2.1] ng 2 training (bicycloheptene dicarboxylic acid Xuan) and so on. As a polyfunctional epoxy compound (Bd) containing 5 φ & 至 夕 选自 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( It is called "multifunctional fg & mannitol oxide 5 (Bd)"), and bisphenol A type epoxy resin and double type F type 虱 虱 resin can be used separately, or two or more types can be combined. The use of the compound can be enumerated and the like. Further, as a polyfunctional epoxidized bisphenol S-type epoxy resin containing a resin, a bisphenol quinone type epoxy resin starting material, an oxygen resin (Ba), and a reaction after reacting with an acid Sf (Be) The epoxy compound (Bd) may be the same or different. The resin (BA) can be obtained by a reaction as described below. First, the monomer _ is reacted with an epoxy group (Ba); a fluorenyloxy group is introduced to conduct a fluorenyl group, and a reactant obtained by adding a monomer (Bb) to the epoxy resin (Ba) is obtained. . Then, 'the acid needle (b... is bonded to the base formed by ring opening of the epoxy group in the obtained anti-deer), thereby introducing a slow group. The product obtained by (4) is further combined with a polyfunctional epoxy compound. (10)) The reaction is carried out, whereby a resin (BA) can be obtained. The reaction between the epoxy resin (Ba) and the monomer (Bb) is preferably substantially the same equivalent as the retardation in the epoxy group 1 〇 chemical equivalent monomer (10) in the epoxy resin (Ba). In the same manner, a reaction of 〇.8~U chemical equivalent is carried out. Further, the reaction between the epoxy resin (Ba) and the monomer (Bb) can be, for example, a polymerization inhibitor such as a phenanthrene, a monomethyl ether, a benzoic acid, or an oxygen, and a tertiary amine, a tri-phosphine, a lithium hydride, or the like. The reaction catalysts such as quaternary ammonium salts and quaternary scale salts are coexisted at 150731.doc -88-201113303 80~130 C. The reaction of the reactant obtained by the reaction of the epoxy resin (Ba) with the monomer (Bb) with the acid anhydride (Be) is preferably carried out with respect to the epoxy resin (Ba) and the monomer (Bb). The hydroxyl group formed by the reaction of 1 〇 is chemically equivalent, and 9 chemical equivalents of the anhydride (Be) are reacted therewith. When the acid anhydride (Bc) is in the above range, the developability tends to be good, which is preferable. When the acid anhydride (Be') is used in combination, it is preferred that the total amount of the acid anhydride (Bc) and the acid anhydride (Bc) is within the above range. The δHel reaction can be carried out, for example, in the presence of a polymerization inhibitor such as hydroquinone, monomethyl ether, benzophenone or oxygen, in the absence of a catalyst or a tertiary amine, a tertiary phosphine, a lithium chloride, a quaternary ammonium salt, The coexistence of four grades of scale salts, etc., is carried out at 5〇~13〇t. In the reaction of the resin obtained by the above reaction with the polyfunctional epoxy compound (Bd), it is preferred to use a carboxyl group equivalent to a carboxyl group in the resin obtained by the reaction with the acid anhydride (Bc). The epoxy group in the polyfunctional epoxy compound (Bd) is reacted in a G.1 to G.8 chemical equivalent. When the epoxy group of the polyfunctional epoxy compound (Bd) is in the above-mentioned position, the developability mechanical strength tends to be good, which is preferable. The reaction can be carried out, for example, in the presence of a polymerization inhibitor such as hydroquinone, monomethyl ether hydroquinone or oxygen; in a tertiary amine, a tertiary phosphine, a lithium chloride, a quaternary: a salt, a quaternary phosphonium salt, etc. Under the coexistence of reaction catalysts, Yu Chuan ~ 丨 艽 进行. The binder resin (BA) is preferably a compound (Be) containing at least one acid anhydride selected from the group consisting of succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, and tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (hereinafter sometimes referred to as The resin obtained by the reaction of the resin obtained by the reaction described in the above-mentioned reaction of 150731.doc-89-201113303 is used for the reaction of the acid needle (4). The coughing reaction tends to improve the developability, which is preferable. The lyophilized reaction towel, the acid liver (8) which can be used, is the same compound as the above-mentioned acid anhydride (Be). X, the reaction conditions are the same as those of the reactant obtained by the reaction of the epoxy resin (tetra) with the monomer (10)) and the acid anhydride (Bc). The acid value of the resin (BA) is preferably 2 〇 15 15 Torr, more preferably 25 〜 13 〇, especially preferably 疋 3G 〜 110 。. When the acid value is in the above range, the solubility of the resin (BA) in the developer is improved, and the unexposed portion is easily dissolved, which is preferable. Here, the value obtained by measuring the amount of chlorine oxidative removal (mg) required for the i g-pro-glycolic acid polymer in the acid value is usually determined by titration using an aqueous potassium hydroxide solution. The weight average molecular weight of the resin (BA) determined by gel permeation chromatography ((4) permeati〇n chromatography, GPC) based on polystyrene: preferably 2,000 to 1 〇〇, 000, more preferably It is 2〇〇〇~5〇〇〇〇, especially good is 3,000~30,0〇〇. When the weight average molecular weight is within the above range, coating properties tend to be good, and there is a tendency that the residual film ratio at the time of development can be maintained and a high developing speed is obtained, which is preferable. The molecular weight distribution of the resin (BA) [weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (?η)] is preferably 1.1 to 6. 〇, more preferably 12 to 4 〇. When the molecular weight distribution is within the above range, the developability tends to be excellent, which is preferable. The content of the resin (ΒΑ) relative to the binder resin is preferably 30 to 100% by mass, more preferably 4 to 1% by mass, particularly preferably 50 to 1%. quality%. When the content of the resin (ΒΑ) is within the above range, it is preferable that the solubility in the sputum sputum is sufficient to produce a developing residue on the substrate of the non-pixel portion. Further, in addition to the resin (BA), the binder resin (B) may be used in combination with a well-known resin. The resin which can be used in combination as the binder resin (B) is preferably not particularly limited as long as it is a developer which is used in the development treatment v, and particularly preferably, the developer solution is soluble, and examples thereof include, for example, a copolymer (BB) of a compound (B1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as (B1)) having an acidic functional group such as a fluorinated group or a sulfonic acid group and another copolymerizable compound (hereinafter, sometimes It is called "resin (BB)"). Among them, (B1) is preferably an unsaturated compound having a carboxyl group. (B1) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The unsaturated compound having a carboxyl group may, for example, be an unsaturated carboxylic acid having a singular or plural number of carboxyl groups in the molecule, such as an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid. Specific examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, cinnamic acid, and dibutyl Acid mono[2_(methyl)acryloxyethyl)ester, ω-carboxypolycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate, 5-carboxy-5-fluorenylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2- Alkene, 5-carboxy-5-ethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-6-methylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptene, 5-carboxy-6-ethylbicyclo[2.2 .1] Geng-2 - Rare. Among them, preferred are acrylic acid and methyl acrylate. For the binder resin (ΒΒ), a compound which can be copolymerized with (Β1), particularly preferably contains an unsaturated compound (Β〇) derived from a curable group (hereinafter, 150731.doc •91 · 201113303 sometimes called The structure of "(BO)") is more than a resin of 7 ° soap, because it can improve the reliability of the color pattern (resistant to light, solvent resistance, mechanical properties, etc.). And, as a hardening group, the chemical substance 5 (B0), for example, preferably has carbon-carbon unsaturated β-butyl
m 又鍵及環狀醚結構之化合物。作A 衣狀醚結構,例如可列舉 為 气版m 衣虱結構(即環氧乙烷結構)、 氧雜% 丁烷結構及四氫呋喃杜 #) 虱雜環丁烷結構。 得及 作為%氧結構’例如可列與 單環肪族環氧結構、脂肪族 早衣式ί衣氧、纟0構及脂肪族多 狀&夕 式衣乳結構,尤其好的是炉 肪族多環式環氧結構。 疋月曰 (Β〇)可單獨使用或將兩種以上組合使用。 此^所謂脂肪族環氧結構係指將婦煙環氧 族單環式環氧結構係指將單環之環烯烴環; (hri,a A . x 衣式%氧結構係指將橋聯環 (bndged nng)之環烯烴環氧化 丨力乂 <結構。作為上述單璟 之哀烯烴,例如可列舉:環戊烯3 戍烯%己烯及環庚烯等。作 与上述橋聯%之環惊、昧,, 衣烯焱,例如可列舉: 及三環癸烯等。 降伯烯、一%戊烯 作為具有碳-碳不飽和雙 之且"心 叉運及月曰肪族環氧結構之化合物 之具體例,例如可列舉 甘、, 1 T丞)丙稀酸縮水甘油酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸-β-甲基縮水甘油 ^ μ , 1 Τ基)丙烯酸-β-乙基縮水 'θ、縮水甘油基乙烯醚、 公報中t K -FH 本專利特開平7-248625號 〒己載之下4式所示之化合物等。 150731.doc -92- 201113303 此處,本說明書中所謂(甲基)丙烯酸酯,表示選自由丙 烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯所組成之群中的至少一種。 [化 38] R X J ' O /fnx (式中,RX1〜Rx3分別獨立為氫原子或碳原子數卜1〇之烷 基,mx為1〜5之整數)。 〇 作為上述式所示之化合物,例如可列舉:鄰乙烯基苄基 縮水甘油_、間乙烯基节基縮水甘油鍵、對乙稀基节基縮 水甘油醚、α-甲基-鄰乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、心甲基-間 乙烯基节基縮水甘油醚、α_甲基_對乙烯基苄基縮水甘油 謎、2,3-雙(縮水甘油氧基甲基)苯乙稀、2,4_雙(縮水甘油 氧基曱基)苯乙烯、2,5-雙(縮水甘油氧基甲基)苯乙烯、 2,6-雙(縮水甘油氧基甲基)苯乙烯、2,3,4_三(縮水甘油氧基 甲基)笨乙烯、2,3,5-二(縮水甘油氧基曱基)苯乙烯、2,3,6_ 〇 二(縮水甘油氧基甲基)苯乙烯、3,4,5-三(縮水甘油氧基甲 基)苯乙烯及2,4,6-三(縮水甘油氧基曱基)苯乙烯等。 • 作為具有碳-碳不飽和雙鍵及脂肪族單環式環氧結構之 . 化合物之具體例,例如可列舉:一氧化乙烯基環己烯 (vinylCyCl〇hexene monoxide)、ι,2-環氧·4_ 乙烯基環己烷 (例如Celloxide 2000 ; Daicel化學工業股份有限公司製 造)、(甲基)丙烯酸-2,3-環氧環己基甲酯、(甲基)丙稀 酸-3,4-環氧環己基曱醋(例如Cyclomer A400 ; Daicel化學 150731.doc -93- 201113303 工業股份有限公司製造)、甲基丙稀酸_3,4-環氧環己基甲 S旨(例如Cyclomer M100 ; Daicel化學工業股份有限公司製 造)等。 作為具有碳-碳不飽和雙鍵及脂肪族多環式環氧纟士構之 化合物之具體例,可列舉丙烯酸_3,4_環氧降萡酯、甲基丙 烯酸-3,4-環氧降彳|酯、式(B0-1)所示之化合物及式(B〇_2) 所示之化合物,較好者可列舉:選自由式@〇_1}所示之化 合物及式(B0-2)所示之化合物所組成之群中的至少一種化 合物。 [化 39]m A compound having a bond and a cyclic ether structure. The structure of the A-like ether ether can be exemplified by a gas-type m-coating structure (i.e., an ethylene oxide structure), an oxa%-butane structure, and a tetrahydrofurandu #) fluorene-butane structure. As a % oxygen structure, for example, it can be listed as a single-ring aliphatic epoxy structure, an aliphatic early-coating type, a oxidized oxygen, a 纟0 structure, and an aliphatic polymorphous & erotic milk structure, especially good Group polycyclic epoxy structure.疋月曰 (Β〇) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The so-called aliphatic epoxy structure means that the fumed epoxy monocyclic epoxy structure refers to a monocyclic cycloolefin ring; (hri, a A . x coating % oxygen structure means a bridged ring (bndged nng) Cycloolefin epoxidation 乂 结构 structure. Examples of the monoterpene olefins include cyclopentene 3 decene % hexene and cycloheptene, etc. Cyclosporin, hydrazine, and decene oxime, for example, and tricyclic terpenes, etc. berberene, monopentene, as a carbon-carbon unsaturated double and "heart fork and moon 曰 aliphatic ring Specific examples of the compound having an oxygen structure include, for example, glycerol, 1 T丞) glycidyl acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid-β-methylglycidol^ μ, 1 fluorenyl)acrylic acid-β-ethyl The shrinkage 'θ, glycidyl vinyl ether, t K -FH in the publication, and the compound shown by the formula 4 in the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 7-248625. 150731.doc -92- 201113303 Here, the (meth) acrylate in the present specification means at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylates and methacrylates. R X J ' O /fnx (wherein RX1 to Rx3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom, and mx is an integer of 1 to 5). 〇 As the compound represented by the above formula, for example, o-vinylbenzyl glycidol, m-vinyl glycidyl glycidyl bond, p-vinyl phenyl glycidyl ether, α-methyl-o-vinyl benzyl bromide Glycidyl ether, cardiomethyl-m-vinylgangyl glycidyl ether, α-methyl-p-vinylbenzyl glycidol, 2,3-bis(glycidoxymethyl)styrene, 2 , 4_bis(glycidyloxyindenyl)styrene, 2,5-bis(glycidoxymethyl)styrene, 2,6-bis(glycidoxymethyl)styrene, 2,3 , 4_3 (glycidoxymethyl) stupid ethylene, 2,3,5-di(glycidyloxyindenyl)styrene, 2,3,6-nonyl(glycidoxymethyl)styrene 3,4,5-tris(glycidoxymethyl)styrene and 2,4,6-tris(glycidoxyfluorenyl)styrene. • Specific examples of the compound having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and an aliphatic monocyclic epoxy structure include, for example, vinylCyCl〇hexene monoxide, i,2-epoxy 4_ vinylcyclohexane (for example, Celloxide 2000; manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2,3-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid-3,4- Epoxy cyclohexyl hydrazine vinegar (for example, Cyclomer A400; Daicel Chemical 150731.doc -93-201113303 Industrial Co., Ltd.), methacrylic acid _3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl s (for example, Cyclomer M100; Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and so on. Specific examples of the compound having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and an aliphatic polycyclic epoxy oxime structure include acrylonitrile-3,4-epoxynorbornyl ester and methacrylic acid-3,4-epoxy. The compound represented by the formula (B0-1) and the compound represented by the formula (B〇_2) are preferably a compound selected from the formula: @〇_1} and a formula (B0). -2) at least one compound of the group consisting of the compounds shown. [化39]
[式(B0-D及式(B0_2)_,Ryl&Ry2分別獨立表示碳數卜4之 烷基或氫原子,該烷基中所含之氫原子可經羥基取代。[Formula (B0-D and formula (B0_2)_, Ryl&Ry2 each independently represents an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom of a carbon number, and a hydrogen atom contained in the alkyl group may be substituted with a hydroxyl group.
Xyl及χβ分別獨立表示單鍵或可含雜原子之碳數丨〜石之 伸烷基]。 作為可經羥基取代之碳數丨〜4之烷基,具體可列舉:曱 基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁 基、羥曱基、i-羥乙基、2_羥乙基、卜羥基正丙基、2_羥 基正丙基、3-經基正丙&!,基異丙基、2經基異丙 基、1-羥基正丁基、2-羥基正丁基、3_羥基正丁基、4經 150731.doc -94-Xyl and χβ each independently represent a single bond or a carbon number which may contain a hetero atom 丨 ~ stone alkyl group]. Specific examples of the alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨~4 which may be substituted by a hydroxyl group include an anthracenyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, and a hydroxy fluorenyl group. , i-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, hydroxy-n-propyl, 2-hydroxyl-propyl, 3-amino-propyl & , isopropyl, 2, isopropyl, 1-hydroxy-n-butyl, 2-hydroxy-n-butyl, 3-hydroxy-n-butyl, 4, 150,731.doc -94-
201113303 基正丁基等。其令較好者可 基、Μ乙基,更好者可列料基/基^基、經乙 乙:為R,較好者可列舉:氯原子1基、”義 η經乙基,更好者可列舉··氫原子、甲基。土、卜/里 作為可含有雜原子之碳數1〜6之伸炫基中的 列舉··氧原子、硫 雜原子,可 不包含於銜,原子。再者’雜原子之數量並 作為可含有雜原子之碳數卜6之伸烧基,可列舉··亞甲 土、伸乙基、伸丙基、氧基亞甲基(即_〇_ch^、氧基 :、氧基伸丙基、硫烷基亞甲基(即-S_CH2_)、硫烷㈣乙 基、硫烷基伸丙基、亞胺基亞f基(即_nh_cH2_)、亞胺基 伸乙基及亞胺基伸丙基等’較好者可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙 基氧基亞甲基或氧基伸〔基,更好者可列舉氧基伸乙 基0 作為xyl及xy2,較好者可列舉:單鍵、亞甲基、伸乙 基、氧基亞甲基或氧基伸乙基,更好者可列舉:單鍵或氧 基伸乙基。 作為式(B0-1)所示之化合物’可列舉式(BOH)〜式(B〇_ 1-15)所示之化合物等’較好的是式(Βο·^)、式(B(M_ 3)、式(B0-1-5)、式(B0-1-7)、式(B0-1-9)、式(B〇-l-ll)〜 式(B0-1-15)所示之化合物,更好的是式(Bn — i)、式(B0_ 1-7)、式(B0-1-9)或式(B0-1-15)所示之化合物。 [化 40] 150731.doc •95· 201113303201113303 Benzyl butyl and so on. It is preferred to be a base, a hydrazine ethyl group, a better one can be a base group, a base group, and a B group: R, preferably a chlorine atom 1 group, "yi η via an ethyl group, The hydrogen atom and the methyl group are listed as hydrogen atoms and sulfur atoms, and the oxygen atoms and sulfur hetero atoms in the exudyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6 which may contain a hetero atom may not be contained in the atom. Furthermore, the number of heteroatoms and the number of carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom are as follows: methylene chloride, ethylidene, propylidene, oxymethylene (ie, _〇_) Ch^, oxy: oxypropyl, sulfoalkylmethylene (ie, -S_CH2_), sulfane (tetra)ethyl, sulfanylpropyl, imino subf (ie _nh_cH2_), imine The alkyl group and the imino group extending propyl group and the like are preferably those of a methylene group, an ethyloxymethylene group or an oxy group. Further, an alkyl group of ethyl group 0 is used as xyl and xy2. Preferable examples thereof include a single bond, a methylene group, an ethylidene group, an oxymethylene group or an oxyethyl group. More preferably, it is a single bond or an oxyethyl group. Compounds shown can be enumerated (BOH)~ a compound represented by the formula (B〇_ 1-15), etc., preferably a formula (Βο·^), a formula (B(M_3), a formula (B0-1-5), a formula (B0) -1-7), a compound of the formula (B0-1-9), a formula (B〇-l-ll)~ (B0-1-15), more preferably a formula (Bn-i), a formula (B0_ 1-7), a compound of the formula (B0-1-9) or a formula (B0-1-15). [Chem. 40] 150731.doc •95· 201113303
S 0 II h2c=ch«一 ch2 ?i h2c=ch-c-o h2c=ch-c~o—czh4 H2C=CH - C - o-c# 广 〇S 0 II h2c=ch«一 ch2 ?i h2c=ch-c-o h2c=ch-c~o-czh4 H2C=CH - C - o-c# 广〇
H2C*CH-C-〇—C2H4-S H2C=CH_C—O—C2H4—N CH3〇 H2C—C—C—O—CjH^—SH2C*CH-C-〇—C2H4-S H2C=CH_C—O—C2H4—N CH3〇 H2C—C—C—O—CjH^—S
(BO-1-6) (BO-1-7) 户0 HjC—C—C—0—C2H4-*ίΐ" ch3o I II H2C*C—c—0 h2c=H-o- 〇43 ο H2Ci=C—S-ο—C^i4(BO-1-6) (BO-1-7) Household 0 HjC—C—C—0—C2H4-*ίΐ" ch3o I II H2C*C—c—0 h2c=Ho- 〇43 ο H2Ci=C— S-ο-C^i4
(B(M-8) (B0-l-t3) QiH4〇H o , I II H2C»c-c-o ch30 ^ ^ I II (^C 试 ό—ό —〇—C 分((B(M-8) (B0-l-t3) QiH4〇H o , I II H2C»c-c-o ch30 ^ ^ I II (^C test ό-ό-〇-C points (
(BO-1-15) 作為式(B〇-2)所示之化合物,可列舉式(BO-2-1)〜式(BO-2 15)所示之化合物等,較好者可列舉:式(BO-2-1)、式 (B0-2-3)、式(B0-2-5)、式(B0-2-7)、式(B0_2_9)、式(b〇_2_ 11)〜式(B0-2-15)所示之化合物’更好者可列舉:式(b〇_2_ 1)、式(B0-2-7)、式(B0-2-9)或式(B0-2-15)所示之化合物。 [化 41] 0(BO-1-15) The compound represented by the formula (B〇-2) may, for example, be a compound represented by the formula (BO-2-1) to the formula (BO-2 15), and preferably, Formula (BO-2-1), formula (B0-2-3), formula (B0-2-5), formula (B0-2-7), formula (B0_2_9), formula (b〇_2_11)~ The compound represented by the formula (B0-2-15) is preferably a formula (b〇_2_1), a formula (B0-2-7), a formula (B0-2-9) or a formula (B0-). 2-15) Compounds shown. [化41] 0
(B0-2-2) H2C*CH-C~〇~CjHii_s H2C=CH-C-〇 〜(B0-2-2) H2C*CH-C~〇~CjHii_s H2C=CH-C-〇 〜
-96- 150731.doc 201113303-96- 150731.doc 201113303
ο ο H2C=CH-C-〇-C2H4-〇ο ο H2C=CH-C-〇-C2H4-〇
?h30 心1 tl H2c=c~—C-0-CH2 〇~-CjH4?h30 heart 1 tl H2c=c~—C-0-CH2 〇~-CjH4
(B0-2-5)(B0-2-5)
(BO-2-7) CH3 CH3o H2c =C —C—Ο—〇2Η4 ch3o(BO-2-7) CH3 CH3o H2c =C —C—Ο—〇2Η4 ch3o
(BO-2-6) H2〇=C—C—O—C2H4~s HjC^C—C—O— ch3〇 H2C«C--C_〇_CjHj|_〇(BO-2-6) H2〇=C—C—O—C2H4~s HjC^C—C—O— ch3〇 H2C«C--C_〇_CjHj|_〇
選自由式_ )所不之化合物及式(b〇-2)所示之化合物 所組成之群中的i Λ ν —種化合物可分別單獨使用。另外, 該等亦可以任素之 率加以混合。於混合之情形時,其混The compound of the formula _) and the compound represented by the formula (b〇-2) may be used alone. In addition, these can also be mixed at any rate. In the case of mixing, it is mixed
合比率以式(B0-Iv + 9、夕# | L )·式(B0-2)之莫耳比計較好的是 5:95〜95.5 5 ® JtL PL· 〇 • 更子的疋10:90〜90:10,尤其好的是2〇:8〇〜The ratio of the molar ratio of the formula (B0-Iv + 9, ## | L )·(B0-2) is preferably 5:95 to 95.5 5 ® JtL PL· 〇• 子10:90 ~90:10, especially good 2〇: 8〇~
G 80:20。 作為具有碳-碳不飽和雙鍵及氧雜環丁烷結構之化合物 之具體例,可列舉:3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基氧雜環丁 烧、3-甲基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基曱基氧雜環丁烷、3_乙 基·3_(甲基)丙烯醯氧基曱基氧雜環丁烷、3_曱基(曱 基)丙烯酿氧基]甲基氧雜環丁烷、3-乙基-3-[1-(甲基)丙烯 醯氧基]甲基氧雜環丁烷、3-甲基-3-[1-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基] 乙基氧雜環丁烷、3-乙基-3-[1-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基]乙基氧 雜環丁烷、2-苯基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基氧雜環丁烷、 150731.doc •97· 201113303 2-三氟甲基_3_(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基氧雜環丁烷、五氟 乙基_3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基氧雜環丁烷、3_甲基_3_(甲 基)丙烯酿氧基乙基氧雜環丁烧、3_甲基_3_(甲基)丙稀酿氧 基乙基氧雜環丁烷、2_苯基_3_(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基氧雜 環丁烷、2-二氟曱基_3_(甲基)丙稀醯氧基乙基氧雜環丁烷 或2-五氟乙基_3_(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基氧雜環丁烷、3_甲 基丙稀醯氧基氧雜環丁烷等。該等之中,較好的是3_乙 基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基曱基氧雜環丁烷。 作為具有碳-碳不飽和雙鍵及四氫呋喃結構之化合物之 具體例,可列舉:(曱基)丙烯酸四氫糠酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 四氫呋喃基甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙稀酸四氫呋喃基甲氧基 丙酯等。 於黏合樹脂(BB)為(B1)與(B0)之共聚物之情形時,若相 對於構成上述共聚物之結構單元的合計莫耳數,來自(B1) 之結構單元及來自(B〇)之結構單元的比率在以下範圍内, 則存在保存穩定性、对熱性及機械強度變得良好之傾向, 因此較好。 來自(B1)之結構單元:2〜98莫耳% 來自(B0)之結構單元:2〜98莫耳% 又’若上述結構單元之比率在以下範圍内,則於顯影 性、殘膜率或耐溶劑性方面更好。 來自(B1)之結構單元:is〜6〇莫耳% 來自(B0)之結構單元:40〜85莫耳% 上述黏合樹脂(BB)例如可參考文獻「高分子合成之實驗 150731.doc -98· 201113303 法」(大津隆行著’化學同人發行所股份有限公司 第1次印刷1972年3月1日發行)中記載之方法及該文獻中 記載之引用文獻而製造。 具體而言,可藉由將(B1)及(B0)等化合物、聚合起始劑 ' 及溶劑投入至反應容器中,用氮氣置換氧氣,從而於氧不 • 存在下進行攪拌、加熱、保溫而獲得共聚物。再者,所獲 付之共聚物可直接使用反應後之溶液,亦可使用經濃縮或 稀釋之溶液’又,亦可使用利用再沈澱等方法而取出之固 〇 體(粉體)。 黏合樹脂(BB)亦可除(B 1)或(B 1)及(B0)以外進而含有來 自可與(B1)共聚合之化合物(B2)(其中,(B1)及(B〇)除 外)(以下有時稱為「(B2)」)的結構單元。作為(B2),例如 可列舉.具有烯經性雙鍵之叛酸g旨、具有稀烴性雙鍵之醯 胺化合物、具有聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之芳香族化合物、 取代乙烯系化合物、二烯類、N-取代順丁烯二醯亞胺化合 物、多環式不飽和化合物類等。 ❹ 作為(B2)之具體例,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸_2_羥基 • 乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙 • 烯酸_2_甲基環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異福醋、(甲基)丙烯酸 三環[5.2.1.02’6]癸烷-8-基酯(於本技術領域中,其慣用名係 稱作(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊氧基乙 酯、(曱基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸胺基乙酯、順丁烯 二酸二乙酯、反丁烯二酸二乙酯、衣康酸二乙酯等不飽和 150731.doc -99- 201113303 綾酸酯類; 乙酸乙烯醋或丙酸乙烯酯等羧酸乙烯酯類、二甲基(甲美) 丙烯醯胺、異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等聚合性醯胺類; 苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯或乙烯基甲苯等聚合性芳香族類; 丙烯腈、甲基丙烯腈或α-氯(曱基)丙烯腈等丙烯腈類; N-甲基順丁烯二醯亞胺' N_乙基順丁烯二醢亞胺丁基 順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺' 沁节基順丁 烯二醢亞胺、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺等沁取代順丁烯二醯 亞胺類; 苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、間曱基苯乙烯、對甲基笨乙烯、 乙烯基甲苯、對曱氧基苯乙烯等聚合性芳香族類; 氣乙烯、二氣乙烯、三氯乙烯、氟乙烯、二氟乙烯、三氟 乙稀、四氣^乙細等鹵化乙稀類; I’3 丁一烯、異戊二烯' 2,3-一曱基_ι,3_ 丁二烯等二烯 類; 雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚_2_烯、5-乙基雙 環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5_羥基雙環[2.2.1]庚_2_烯、5_羥曱基雙 環[2.2.1]庚-2-晞、5-(2’-羥乙基)雙環[2.2_1]庚-2-烯、5-曱 氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-乙氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5,6-二經基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-二(經甲基)雙環[2.2_1] 庚-2-烯、5,6-二(2,-羥乙基)雙環[2·2·1]庚_2_烯、5,6-二曱 氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚·2-烯、5,6-二乙氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羥基-5-曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5_羥基_5_乙基雙 環[2·2·1]庚-2-烯、5-經甲基-5-曱基雙環[2 2.1]庚-2-稀、5- 150731.doc •100- 201113303 環己氧基羰基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-苯氧基幾基雙環 [2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-二(環己氧基羰基)雙環[2.21]庚_2_烯 等多環式不飽和化合物類等。 該等之中,較好的是(曱基)丙烯酸苄酯、笨乙稀、义苯 基順丁烯二醯亞胺、Ν_環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、Ν_节基順 丁烯二醯亞胺、雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯等。 上述(Β2)可單獨使用或將兩種以上組合使用。G 80:20. Specific examples of the compound having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and an oxetane structure include 3-(meth)acryloxymethyloxybutane, 3-methyl-3- (Meth) propylene fluorenyl fluorenyl oxetane, 3-ethyl 3-(methyl) propylene decyl oxetane oxetane, 3- fluorenyl (fluorenyl) propylene oxide Methyloxetane, 3-ethyl-3-[1-(methyl)propenyloxy]methyloxetane, 3-methyl-3-[1-(methyl) Propylene oxime]ethyloxetane, 3-ethyl-3-[1-(methyl)propenyloxy]ethyloxetane, 2-phenyl-3-(methyl Acetyleneoxymethyloxetane, 150731.doc •97· 201113303 2-trifluoromethyl_3_(methyl)propenyloxymethyloxetane, pentafluoroethyl_3 -(Meth)acryloxymethyloxybutane, 3-methyl-3-(methyl)propenyloxyethyloxeane, 3-methyl-3-(methyl)propene Thin oxyethyloxetane, 2-phenyl-3-(methyl)propenyloxyethyloxetane, 2-difluoroindolyl_3_(methyl) propylene oxide Ethyl oxetane or 2- _3_ fluoroethyl (meth) Bing Xixi oxyethyl oxetane, methyl acrylic acyl group 3_ oxetane. Among these, 3 - ethyl-3-(methyl) propylene fluorenyl fluorenyl oxetane is preferred. Specific examples of the compound having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and a tetrahydrofuran structure include (mercapto) tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, tetrahydrofuranyl methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth) propylene. Acid tetrahydrofuranyl methoxypropyl ester and the like. In the case where the binder resin (BB) is a copolymer of (B1) and (B0), the structural unit derived from (B1) and from (B〇) are relative to the total number of moles of the structural unit constituting the copolymer. When the ratio of the structural unit is in the following range, storage stability, heat resistance, and mechanical strength tend to be good, which is preferable. Structural unit derived from (B1): 2 to 98 mol% Structural unit derived from (B0): 2 to 98 mol% Further 'If the ratio of the above structural unit is within the following range, then developability, residual film ratio or Better solvent resistance. Structural unit derived from (B1): is~6〇mol% % Structural unit derived from (B0): 40 to 85 mol% The above-mentioned adhesive resin (BB) can be referred to, for example, the experiment of polymer synthesis 150731.doc-98 · The 201113303 Act (the method described in the first print of the Chemicals Incident Publishing Co., Ltd., issued on March 1, 1972) and the references cited in the literature were produced. Specifically, a compound such as (B1) or (B0), a polymerization initiator, and a solvent can be introduced into a reaction vessel, and oxygen can be replaced with nitrogen gas to stir, heat, and heat in the presence of oxygen. A copolymer is obtained. Further, the copolymer to be used may be used as it is, or a concentrated or diluted solution may be used. Further, a solid body (powder) which is taken out by a method such as reprecipitation may be used. The binder resin (BB) may further contain, in addition to (B 1) or (B 1) and (B0), a compound (B2) derived from (B1) copolymerizable (excluding (B1) and (B〇)) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(B2)")). (B2), for example, a taurine compound having an olefinic double bond, a guanamine compound having a dilute hydrocarbon double bond, an aromatic compound having a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond, and a substituted vinyl compound , a diene, an N-substituted maleimide compound, a polycyclic unsaturated compound, and the like. ❹ Specific examples of (B2) include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, and 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate; Benzyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, -2-methylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, iso- keto (meth) acrylate, tricyclo (meth) acrylate [ 5.2.1.02 '6] decane-8-yl ester (common name in the art is called dicyclopentyl (meth) acrylate), dicyclopentyloxyethyl (meth) acrylate, (fluorenyl) phenyl acrylate, aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethyl maleate, diethyl fumarate, diethyl itaconate, etc., unsaturated 150731.doc -99 - 201113303 phthalic acid esters; vinyl carboxylic acid esters such as vinyl acetate vinegar or vinyl propionate; polymeric phthalamides such as dimethyl (methyl methacrylate) acrylamide and isopropyl (meth) acrylamide; Polymeric aromatics such as styrene, α-methylstyrene or vinyl toluene; propylene such as acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile or α-chloro(fluorenyl)acrylonitrile Nitrile; N-methyl maleimide ' N_ethyl maleimide butyl butyl succinimide, N-cyclohexyl succinimide ' 沁 基 顺Terbium-substituted quinone imines such as butylene diimine and N-phenyl maleimide; styrene, α-methylstyrene, m-decyl styrene, p-methyl Polymeric aromatics such as ethylene, vinyl toluene, p-nonyloxy styrene; halogenated ethylene such as ethylene, ethylene, trichloroethylene, vinyl fluoride, difluoroethylene, trifluoroethylene, tetrakis Rare; I'3 butadiene, isoprene '2,3-monodecyl_ι, 3_ butadiene and other dienes; bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-fluorenyl Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-ethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxyindolebicyclo[ 2.2.1] hept-2-indole, 5-(2'-hydroxyethyl)bicyclo[2.2_1]hept-2-ene, 5-nonyloxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5- Ethoxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-di-propylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-di(methyl)bicyclo[2.2_1]g 2-ene, 5,6-bis(2,-hydroxyethyl)bicyclo[2·2·1]hept-2-ene , 5,6-dimethoxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-diethoxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxy-5-fluorenylbicyclo [2.2.1] Hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxy-5-ethylbicyclo[2·2·1]hept-2-ene, 5-methyl-5-fluorenylbicyclo[22.1]heptane- 2-Diluted, 5-150731.doc •100- 201113303 Cyclohexyloxycarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-phenoxycyclobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5 a polycyclic unsaturated compound such as 6-bis(cyclohexyloxycarbonyl)bicyclo[2.21]hept-2-ene. Among these, preferred are (benzyl) benzyl acrylate, stupid ethylene, phenyl phenyl succinimide, Ν-cyclohexyl succinimide, Ν 节 顺 顺Equinone imine, bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, and the like. The above (Β2) may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
Ο 於黏合樹脂(ΒΒ)為(Β1)與(Β2)之共聚物之情形時,若相 對於構成上述共聚物之結構單元的合計莫耳數,來自(βι) 之結構單元及來自(Β2)之結構單元的比率在以下範圍内, 則存在保存穩定性及耐熱性變得良好之傾向,因此較好。 來自(Β 1)之結構單元:2〜98莫耳% 來自(Β2)之結構單元:2〜98莫耳% 又’若上述結構單元之比率在以下範圍内,則於顯影性 或殘膜率方面更好。 來自(Β1)之結構單元:15〜6〇莫耳% 來自(Β2)之結構單元:40-85莫耳% 於黏合樹脂(ΒΒ)為(Bl)、(Β0)及(Β2)之共聚物之 時’若相對於構成上述共聚物之結構單元的合計莫耳數, 來自(Β0)〜(Β2)之結構單元之比率在以下範圍内,則存在 保存穩定性、耐熱性及機械強度變得良好之傾向,因此幹 好。 來自(Β0)之結構單元:2〜97莫耳% 來自(Β1)之結構單元:2〜97莫耳% 150731.doc 101 · 201113303 來自(B2)之結構單元:1〜96莫耳% 又’若上述結構單元之比率在以下範圍内,則於顯影 性、殘膜率或财溶劑性方面更好。 來自(B0)之結構單元:20〜80莫耳% 來自(B1)之結構單元:1〇〜50莫耳% 來自(B2)之結構單元:1〇〜70莫耳% 含有上述來自(B0)〜(B2)之結構單元的黏合樹脂(BB)可 利用與含有來自(B 1)及(B 0 )之結構單元的上述樹脂相同之 方法而製造。 含有來自(B2)之結構單元之黏合樹脂(BB)中,較好的是 (Bl)、(B0)及(B2)之共聚物,原因在於可提高由著色感光 性樹脂組合物所形成之著色圖案之耐熱性、耐光性、耐溶 劑性、機械特性。 進而,作為上述黏合樹脂(BB)中之結構單元,若含有末 端具有單丙烯醯基或單甲基丙烯醯基之巨單體類、下述式 (21)所示之單元及式(22)所示單元等,則於圖案密著性、 耐溶劑性、感光度方面更好。 [化 42]Ο In the case where the binder resin (ΒΒ) is a copolymer of (Β1) and (Β2), the structural unit derived from (βι) and from (Β2) with respect to the total number of moles of the structural unit constituting the above copolymer When the ratio of the structural unit is in the following range, storage stability and heat resistance tend to be good, which is preferable. Structural unit derived from (Β 1): 2 to 98 mol% Structural unit derived from (Β2): 2 to 98 mol% Further 'If the ratio of the above structural unit is within the following range, the developability or residual film ratio The aspect is better. Structural unit derived from (Β1): 15~6〇mol% Structural unit derived from (Β2): 40-85 mol% Copolymer of (Bl), (Β0) and (Β2) in the adhesive resin (ΒΒ) When the ratio of the structural unit derived from (Β0) to (Β2) is within the following range with respect to the total number of moles of the structural unit constituting the copolymer, storage stability, heat resistance, and mechanical strength become Good tendencies, so do it well. Structural unit from (Β0): 2 to 97 mol% Structural unit from (Β1): 2 to 97 mol% 150731.doc 101 · 201113303 Structural unit from (B2): 1 to 96 mol% and ' When the ratio of the above structural unit is in the following range, it is more preferable in terms of developability, residual film ratio, or solvent property. Structural unit from (B0): 20~80mol% Structural unit from (B1): 1〇~50mol% % Structural unit from (B2): 1〇~70mol% Contains the above from (B0) The binder resin (BB) of the structural unit of (B2) can be produced by the same method as the above-mentioned resin containing the structural units derived from (B1) and (B0). Among the binder resins (BB) containing the structural unit derived from (B2), copolymers of (B1), (B0) and (B2) are preferred because the coloring formed by the colored photosensitive resin composition can be improved. Heat resistance, light resistance, solvent resistance and mechanical properties of the pattern. In addition, as a structural unit in the above-mentioned binder resin (BB), a macromonomer having a monopropenyl group or a monomethacrylinyl group at the terminal, a unit represented by the following formula (21), and a formula (22) The unit or the like shown is more excellent in pattern adhesion, solvent resistance, and sensitivity. [化42]
[式(21)及式(22)中,RW、Ry4、Ry5及Ry6分別獨立表示氫原 150731.doc -102- 201113303 子或碳數〗〜6之烷基]。 含有式(21)所示之結構單元之黏合樹脂(bb)可藉由如下 方式而得到:獲得含有來自具有羧基之不飽和化合物或具 有羧酸酐之不飽和化合物的結構單元(Bla)(以下有時稱為 「(Bla)j )之樹脂,例如(Bla)與(B0)之共聚物、(Bla)與 (B2)之共聚物、(Bla)與(B0)與(B2)之共聚物,然後使所獲 得之共聚物與下述式(23)所示之化合物於(B丨a)所含之羧酸 部分或羧酸酐部分進行反應。 Ο 作為(Bla)中具有羧基之不飽和化合物,可列舉作為⑺i) 之具體例所列舉的化合物,作為具有羧酸酐之不飽和化合 物之具體例,可列舉:順丁烯二酸酐、5,6二羧基雙環 [2.2.1]庚·2·稀奸(雙環庚烯:f酸酐)等。其中,較好的是 (甲基)丙烯酸。 [化 43][In the formulae (21) and (22), RW, Ry4, Ry5 and Ry6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom 150731.doc -102-201113303 or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1-6. The binder resin (bb) containing the structural unit represented by the formula (21) can be obtained by obtaining a structural unit (Bla) containing an unsaturated compound having a carboxyl group or an unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid anhydride (hereinafter) a resin referred to as "(Bla)j), such as a copolymer of (Bla) and (B0), a copolymer of (Bla) and (B2), a copolymer of (Bla) and (B0) and (B2), Then, the obtained copolymer is reacted with a compound represented by the following formula (23) in a carboxylic acid moiety or a carboxylic anhydride moiety contained in (B丨a). Ο As an unsaturated compound having a carboxyl group in (Bla), Examples of the compound exemplified as the specific example of (7) i), and specific examples of the unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid anhydride include maleic anhydride and 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo[2.2.1]g·2·lean. (Bicycloheptene: f anhydride), etc. Among them, (meth)acrylic acid is preferred.
0 〇 [式(23)中’ Ry4表示氫原子或碳數卜6之烧基]。 具有式(2 2)所示之社福@ _ n ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ °早兀之黏合樹脂(bb)可與上述相 同地獲付共聚物,缺你 …、设Μ與例如曰本專利 189574號純巾記載之方J ^ 2〇05' 、相同之方式,使所獲得之丘弩 物與式㈤㈣之化合物進行反應而獲得。 ^ [化 44] 150731.doc •103· (24) 2011133030 〇 [In the formula (23), Ry4 represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon number. The adhesive resin (bb) having the formula (2 2) shown in the formula (2 2) can be obtained in the same manner as described above, and is lacking in the design of No. J ^ 2〇05', which is described in the pure towel, is obtained by reacting the obtained mound with a compound of the formula (5) (IV). ^ [化44] 150731.doc •103· (24) 201113303
[式(24)中,Ry6表示氫原子或碳數1〜6之烷基]。 樹脂(BB)之酸值通常為5〇〜15〇,較好的是6〇〜^5,尤其 好的是70〜135。若酸值在上述範圍内,則對於顯影液之溶 解性提高,未曝光部變得容易溶解,故而較好。 以聚苯乙烯為基準藉由凝勝渗透層析法所求出的樹脂 (BB)之重量平均分子量較好的是2 〇〇〇〜1〇〇 〇〇〇,更好的是 2,000〜50,0〇〇,尤其好的是3 〇〇〇〜3〇 〇〇〇。若重量平均八 子量在上述範圍内,則存在塗佈性變得良好之傾向並i 存在可保持顯影時之殘膜率且獲得較高之顯影速度的傾 向,故而較好。 樹脂(BB)之分子量分佈[重量平均分子量(Mw)/數量平均 分子量(Μη)]較好的是^^^,更好的是丨2〜4 〇。若分子 量分佈在上述範圍内’則存在顯影性優異之傾向,故而較 好。 於黏合樹脂(B)含有樹脂(BA)及樹脂(BB)之情形時,樹 脂(BA)與樹脂(BB)可以任意之比率而混合使用。於該情形 時,樹脂(BA)與樹脂(BB)之混合比率較好的是以質量比言j 在以下範圍内。 樹脂(BA): 1〇〜90質量% 樹脂(BB) : 90〜1〇質量% 相對於著色感光性樹脂組合物中之固形物成分,黏合樹 月曰(B)之含量以質量分率計較好的是丨〇〜3 5質量%,更好的 150731.doc -104- 201113303 是15〜30質量%。 又黏口樹MB)之含量相對於黏合樹脂⑻與光聚合性 化合物⑹之合計量較好的是2〇〜8〇質量%,尤其好的是 30〜7〇質量% ’更好的是秦& f量%。絲合樹脂⑻之含 篁在上述範圍H丨存麵合樹卵)於_液巾之溶解 性充分’ +易於非像素部分之基板上產生顯影殘渣,而且 顯影時曝光部之像素部分不易發生膜減少,非像素部分之 Ο 脫落性變得良好之傾向’故而較好…存在解像度及殘 膜率提高之傾向,故而較好。 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物含有光聚合性化合物 (C)。所謂光聚合性化合物⑹’係指可利用藉由照射光而 自光聚合起始劑(D)產生之活性自由基、酸等而聚合之化 合物,例如可列舉具有聚合性碳_碳不飽和鍵之化合物 等。 " 作為上述光聚合性化合物(C),較好的是具有3個以上 碳-碳不飽和鍵之光聚合性化合物。作為3官能以上之多官 能之光聚合性化合物,例如可列舉:季戊四醇三(甲基)丙 烯酸醋、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲 基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四酵五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇 六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。光聚合性化合物可單獨使用或將 兩種以上組合使用。 相對於著色感光性樹脂組合物之固形物成分,光聚合性 化合物(C)之含量以質量分率計較好的是7〜65質量%,更好 的是13〜60質量%,進而好的是17〜55質量。/。。若光聚合性 150731.doc -105· 201113303 化合物(c)之含量在上述範圍内,則存在硬化可充分進 行,顯影前後之膜厚比率提高,圖案不易產生底切 (undercut),密著性變得良好之傾向,故而較好。 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物含有光聚合起始劑 ⑼m聚合起始劑⑼’例如可列舉:活性自由基產 生劑、酸產生劑等。 活性自由基產生劑係藉由照射光而產生活性自由基。作 為活性自由基產生劑’例如可列舉:化合物、安自 香化合物、二苯甲_化合物、氧硫〜星化合物、三^匕 合物、肪化合物等。 作為苯乙酮化合物,例如可列舉:二乙氧基苯乙酮、2_ 甲基-2-咮啉基邻-甲硫基苯基)丙烷小酮、2_羥基〈·甲 基-1-苯基丙烷小_ '笨偶醯二甲基縮明、2_羥基I甲 基-l-[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯某1 土]丙烷-1-酮、1_羥基環己基苯 基酮、2-羥基-2-甲基田* (-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙烷-丨_酮 之低聚物等’較好者可列裹)田* @2_甲基~2·味琳基-ι-(4-曱硫基 苯基)丙烷-1-酮等。 作為安息香化合物,例如 w j幻舉·女息香、安息香甲[In the formula (24), Ry6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms]. The acid value of the resin (BB) is usually 5 Å to 15 Å, preferably 6 Å to 5 Å, particularly preferably 70 135 Å. When the acid value is in the above range, the solubility in the developer is improved, and the unexposed portion is easily dissolved, which is preferable. The weight average molecular weight of the resin (BB) determined by the gel permeation chromatography based on polystyrene is preferably 2 〇〇〇 to 1 〇〇〇〇〇, more preferably 2,000 to 50 Å. 0〇〇, especially good is 3〇〇〇~3〇〇〇〇. When the average weight of the octagonal amount is within the above range, the coating property tends to be good and i tends to maintain the residual film ratio at the time of development and to obtain a higher development speed. The molecular weight distribution of the resin (BB) [weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (?η)] is preferably ^^^, more preferably 丨2 to 4 〇. If the molecular weight distribution is within the above range, the developability tends to be excellent, which is preferable. In the case where the binder resin (B) contains the resin (BA) and the resin (BB), the resin (BA) and the resin (BB) may be used in combination at any ratio. In this case, the mixing ratio of the resin (BA) to the resin (BB) is preferably in the following range in terms of the mass ratio j. Resin (BA): 1 〇 to 90% by mass Resin (BB): 90 〜1 〇% by mass The content of the bonded tree 曰 (B) is calculated by mass fraction with respect to the solid content in the colored photosensitive resin composition. The good is 丨〇 ~ 3 5 mass%, better 150731.doc -104- 201113303 is 15~30% by mass. The content of the binder (MB) is preferably 2 〇 to 8 〇 mass%, particularly preferably 30 to 7 〇 mass%, based on the total amount of the binder resin (8) and the photopolymerizable compound (6). & f amount %. The silk-containing resin (8) contains yttrium in the above range H 丨 面 树 ) ) ) _ 溶解 溶解 溶解 溶解 溶解 溶解 溶解 溶解 溶解 溶解 溶解 + + 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于 易于When the non-pixel portion is reduced, the detachment property tends to be good. Therefore, it is preferable that the resolution and the residual film ratio tend to increase. The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerizable compound (C). The photopolymerizable compound (6)' refers to a compound which can be polymerized by using an active radical, an acid or the like generated from a photopolymerization initiator (D) by irradiation with light, and examples thereof include a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond. Compounds and the like. " The photopolymerizable compound (C) is preferably a photopolymerizable compound having three or more carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds. Examples of the trifunctional or higher polyfunctional photopolymerizable compound include pentaerythritol tris(meth)acrylic acid vinegar, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, and dipentaerythritol. Four yeast five (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and the like. The photopolymerizable compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the photopolymerizable compound (C) is preferably from 7 to 65 mass%, more preferably from 13 to 60 mass%, more preferably from 13 to 60 mass%, based on the solid content of the coloring photosensitive resin composition. 17 to 55 mass. /. . When the content of the photopolymerizable property 150731.doc -105· 201113303 is within the above range, the curing can be sufficiently performed, and the film thickness ratio before and after the development is improved, and the pattern is less likely to be undercut, and the adhesion is changed. It is better to have a good tendency. The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator (9) m polymerization initiator (9), and examples thereof include an active radical generator, an acid generator, and the like. The living radical generator generates active radicals by irradiating light. Examples of the living radical generating agent' include, for example, a compound, an aroma compound, a dibenzoyl compound, an oxysulfuric-star compound, a triazine compound, a fat compound, and the like. Examples of the acetophenone compound include diethoxyacetophenone, 2-methyl-2-carbolinyl o-methylthiophenyl)propane ketone, and 2-hydroxyl-methyl-1-benzene. Propane small _ 'stupid 醯 dimethyl condensate, 2 hydroxy I methyl 1-l-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy) benzene 1 soil] propan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl Phenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl field * (-methylvinyl) phenyl] propane - ketone - ketone oligomers, etc. 'better can be listed" Tian * @ 2_ methyl ~ 2. Weilinji-ι-(4-indolethiophenyl)propan-1-one and the like. As a benzoin compound, for example, w j illusion, feminine, benzoin
醚、安息香乙峻、安息香里π D 、 υ異丙醚、安息香異丁醚等。 作為一本甲嗣化合物,例 — * 可列舉:二苯甲嗣、鄰苯甲 酿基本甲酸甲酯、4-苯基二笼 本甲_、4-苯甲醯基_4,_甲基二 本基硫醚、3,3’,4,4'-四(第=τ w 24, φ ^ 一丁基過氧化羰基)二苯甲_、 2,4,6_三甲基二苯甲酮等。 作為9 氧硫ρ山口星化合物,/ 例如可列舉·· 2_異丙基_9_氧磲 150731.doc •106- 201113303 咄蠖、4-異丙基-9-氧硫咄口星、2,4_二乙基_9_氧硫p山螘、 2,4-一氯-9-氧硫咄哇、卜氣·‘丙氧基_9_氧硫咄喳等。 作為二畊化合物,例如可列舉:2,4-雙(三氯曱基)·6·(4_ 甲氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三u井、2,4_雙(三氯甲基)_6_(4•甲氧基蔡 基)-1,3,5-三喷、2,4-雙(三氣甲基)_6_(4_甲氧基苯乙烯 基)-1’3,5-三畊、2,4_雙(三氣曱基)_6_[2_(5_f基呋喃ι基) 乙稀基]-1,3,5-三喷、2,4·雙(三氯甲基)_6·[2十夫喃_2_基) 乙稀基]_1,3,5-三喷、2,4-雙(三氯曱基)-6-[2-(4-二乙基胺 基-2-甲基笨基)乙稀基]·1,3,5_三IJ井、2,4_雙(三氯甲 基)-6-[2-(3,4-二曱氧基苯基)乙烯基]_丨,3,5-三畊等。 作為肟化合物,例如可列舉〇_醯基肟化合物,作為其具 體例,可列舉:N-苯甲醯氧基_丨_(4_苯基硫烷基苯基)丁 烷-1-酮-2-亞胺、N_苯甲醯氧基·1-(4_苯基硫烷基苯基)辛 烷-1-酮-2-亞胺、N_乙醯氧基_1-[9_乙基·6_(2_曱基苯甲醯 基)-9H-咔唑·3_基]乙烷亞胺、N_乙醯氧基“七乙基心 Q {2_甲基_4_(3,3_二甲基-2,4·二氧雜環戊基甲氧基)苯甲醯 基}-911-咔唑-3-基]乙烷·丨_亞胺等。亦可使用irgaeure OXE-01、lrgacure OXE_02(以上由 Ciba 化口抓公司製造)、 ' N—1919(ADEKA公司製造)等市售品。 ' 作為上述所例示者以外之活性自由基產生劑,例如亦可 使用2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦、2,2,_雙(鄰氣笨 基)-4,4,,5,5’-四苯基聯咪唑、1〇_ 丁基_2_氯吖啶_、孓 乙基恩醌、苯偶醯、9,10-菲醌、樟腦醌、苯基乙醛酸甲 酯、二茂鈦化合物等。 I50731.doc •107· 201113303 作為酸產生劑’例如可列舉:對甲苯磺酸_4_羥苯基二 甲基銃、六氟銻酸-4-羥苯基二甲基錡、對甲苯磺酸乙 醯氧基苯基二甲基錡、六氟銻酸_4_乙醯氧基苯基甲基节 基銃、對甲苯磺酸二苯基銃、六氟銻酸三苯基錡、對甲苯 磺酸二苯基鐘、六氟銻酸二苯基鐫等鑌鹽類,或硝基苄基 甲苯磺酸鹽/酯類、安息香甲苯磺酸鹽/酯類等。 又,上述之作為活性自由基產±劑而記載之化合物中亦 有在產生活性自由基之同時產生酸之化合物,例如三畊化 合物亦可用作酸產生劑。 作為光聚合起始劑(D) 更好的是含有選自由笨乙 物所組成之群中之至少— 含有肟化合物之光聚合起 則可向感光度地形成圖案 ’較好的是活性自由基產生劑, 酮化合物、三畊化合物及肟化合 種的光聚合起始劑,進而好的是 始劑。若為該等光聚合起始劑, #…&樹脂⑻與光聚合性化合物(c)之合計量丄 光聚合起始劑⑼之含量較好的是。·1〜3。質量份, 内二Γ〜2°質量份。若光聚合起始劑之含量在上述範度 故子在感光度提高而曝光時間縮短,生產性提高之你 向’故而較好。 劑:)發:之如著色感光性樹脂組合物含有㈣ 等。 曰員、醯胺類、N-甲基吡咯啶,、二甲基亞砜 作為醚類,例如可列舉 四氫呋喃、四氫吡喃、1,4-二 150731.doc 201113303 醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙醚、乙 号烷、乙二醇單甲醚、乙 •—酵单 丁鍵、~ 1¾¾ m 3.1, 醇早甲醚、二乙二酵單乙醚、二乙二 醇單丁醚、二乙二醇二甲_ 一〇—醇一乙醚、二乙二醇 甲基乙醚、二乙二醇二呙 、、一乙二醇二丁喊、丙二醇單 曱喊乙酸醋、丙二醇單& 聆早乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸 醋、丙二醇早曱峻、甲装金 丞賽路穌乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸 酯、乙基卡必醇乙酸s旨、 丁基卡必酵乙酸酯、苯甲醚、苯 乙謎、甲基苯甲醚等。Ether, benzoin, benzoin π D, isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, etc. As a formazan compound, for example - * can be exemplified by: benzamidine, o-benzazole-based methyl formate, 4-phenyl-bi-cage, -4-, 4-benzylidene- 4, _methyl Benyl sulfide, 3,3',4,4'-tetra (p-τ w 24, φ ^ butyl peroxycarbonyl) diphenylmethyl, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone Wait. As the 9-oxosulfur ρ Yamaguchi star compound, / for example, 2·isopropyl_9_oxime 150731.doc •106-201113303 咄蠖, 4-isopropyl-9-oxosulfonium, 2 4_Diethyl_9_oxysulfide p ant, 2,4-chloro-9-oxothioxanthine, Buqi·'propoxy- 9-oxopurine and the like. Examples of the second-till compound include 2,4-bis(trichloroindenyl)·6·(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tri-u well, and 2,4-bis (trichloro). Methyl)_6_(4•methoxy-based)-1,3,5-three-spray, 2,4-bis(trimethyl)methyl-6-(4-methoxystyryl)-1'3, 5-three tillage, 2,4_bis (trioxanyl)_6_[2_(5_f-based furanyl)ethidyl]-1,3,5-three-spray, 2,4·bis(trichloromethyl) )_6·[2 十夫喃_2_基) Ethyl]_1,3,5-three-spray, 2,4-bis(trichloroindenyl)-6-[2-(4-diethylamine) Benzyl-2-methylphenyl)diyl]·1,3,5_three IJ well, 2,4_bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[2-(3,4-didecyloxy) Phenyl)vinyl]_丨, 3,5-three tillage, etc. Examples of the ruthenium compound include a ruthenium ruthenium ruthenium compound, and specific examples thereof include N-benzyl methoxy 丨 ( ( (4-phenylthioalkylphenyl) butan-1-one- 2-imine, N_benzylideneoxy-1-(4-phenylsulfanylphenyl)octane-1-one-2-imine, N_acetoxyl-l-[9_ Ethyl·6_(2_mercaptobenzylidene)-9H-carbazole·3_yl]ethaneimine, N_acetoxyl “seven ethyl heart Q {2_methyl_4_(3 , 3_Dimethyl-2,4·dioxalanylmethoxy)benzimidyl}-911-oxazol-3-yl]ethane·imide-imine, etc. Irgaeure OXE can also be used. -01, lrgacure OXE_02 (the above is manufactured by Ciba Chemicals Co., Ltd.), and 'N-1919 (made by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), etc. 'As an active radical generator other than the above-exemplified ones, for example, 2 may be used. 4,6-trimethylbenzimidyldiphenylphosphine oxide, 2,2,_bis(o-indolyl)-4,4,5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 1〇_丁Base 2_chloroacridine_, ethyl hydrazine, benzophenone, 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone, methyl phenylglyoxylate, titanocene compound, etc. I50731.doc •107· 201113303 As an acid generator' For example, p-toluenesulfonic acid _4-hydroxyphenyl dimethyl hydrazine, hexafluoroantimonic acid-4-hydroxyphenyl dimethyl hydrazine, p-toluenesulfonic acid ethoxylated phenyl dimethyl hydrazine, six Fluoric acid _4_acetoxyphenyl methyl sulfonium hydrazide, diphenyl sulfonium p-toluenesulfonate, triphenyl sulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, diphenyl quinone p-toluenesulfonate, hexafluoroantimonic acid An anthracene salt such as phenylhydrazine, or a nitrobenzyl tosylate or a benzoin tosylate, etc. Further, the above-mentioned compound which is described as an active radical generating agent is also present in A compound which generates an acid while generating an active radical, for example, a three-till compound can also be used as an acid generator. As the photopolymerization initiator (D), it is more preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of stupid substances. The photopolymerization of the ruthenium-containing compound can form a pattern of sensitivity, preferably a living radical generator, a ketone compound, a tri-farming compound, and a photopolymerization initiator of a ruthenium compound, and further preferably a starter. In the case of the photopolymerization initiators, the total amount of #...& resin (8) and the photopolymerizable compound (c) is photopolymerized. The content of the agent (9) is preferably .1 to 3. parts by mass, and the inner diterpene is 2 to 2 parts by mass. If the content of the photopolymerization initiator is in the above-mentioned range, the sensitivity is increased and the exposure time is shortened, and the production is shortened. If you improve your sexuality, you will be better at the same time. Agent: The color-sensitive resin composition contains (4), etc. 曰, 醯 amine, N-methyl pyrrolidine, dimethyl sulfoxide as ether Examples thereof include tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, 1,4-two 150731.doc 201113303 alcohol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethyl chloride, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and ethyl acetate. ~ 13⁄43⁄4 m 3.1, alcohol early methyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl hydrazine - alcohol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol methyl ether, diethylene Alcohol dioxime, monoethylene glycol dibutyl sulphate, propylene glycol monoterpene acetate vinegar, propylene glycol mono & early ether ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate vinegar, propylene glycol early 曱 、, A 丞金丞赛路Acetate, ethyl sirolimus acetate, ethyl carbitol acetic acid s, butyl carbamide acetate, anisole, benzene, Anisole and the like.
作為芳香族煙類,彳5|丨l 1 例如可列舉:苯、甲苯、二曱苯、 1,3,5-三曱苯等。 作為酮類’例如可列舉.丙 酮、4-庚酮、4-甲基-2-戊酮、 戊_、環己_等。 _、2-丁酮、2-庚酮、3-庚 4-經基-4-曱基-2-戊闕、環 作為醇類,例如可列與· w p J列舉.甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己 醇'環己醇、乙二 _ 。一%、丙三醇等。 Ο 作為广類’例如可列舉:乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸 :丁 S曰甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁 曰丁酸異丙5旨、丁酸乙醋、丁酸丁醋、烧基醋類、乳酸 :酯、乳酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸甲冑、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲 軋基乙酸丁酷、_ 片 曰乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯、3-甲 氧基丙酸甲 τ曰甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、 乙氧基丙酸乙酯、2_羥基丙酸曱酯、2·甲氧基丙酸甲 甲氧基内酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2·乙氧基丙 酸甲醋、 乳基丙酸乙酯、2-曱氧基-2-甲基丙酸曱酯、 15073l.doc 201113303 2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯 '丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙 嗣酸丙醋、乙醯乙酸甲S旨、乙酿乙酸乙醋、2·側氧基丁酸 甲酯、2_側氧基丁酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-曱 基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、γ·丁内酯等。 作為酿胺類’例如可列舉:Ν,Ν-二甲基甲醯胺、Ν,Ν·二 甲基乙醯胺、Ν-甲基吡咯啶酮等。 »亥等之中,較好的是丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲 知礼酸乙s日及4’基甲& 17¾ ig # u m g 等溶劑。 進而,溶劑⑻可單獨使用或將兩種以上組合使用。 相對於著色感光性樹脂組合物,著色感光性樹脂組合物 中之溶劑(E)之含量以質量分率計較好的是7()〜95質量%, 更好的是75〜90質量%。若溶劑⑻之含量在上述範圍内, 則存在塗佈時之平坦性變得良好,而㈣成彩色滤光片時 色羞度不會不足’因此顯示特性變得良好的傾向,故 好。 « u吻〜丨土树脂組合物中亦可含有光 合起始助劑(F)。光聚合起始助_係與光聚合起始劑(】 組合使用,用以促進藉由弁取人1 1 ^錯由“合起始劑而開始聚合之光: 〇性化合物的聚合之化合物或增感劑。 作為光聚合起始助劑(F),例 .;例如可列舉:胺化合物、4 氧基蒽化合物、9-氧硫咄嗤化合物等。 作為胺化合物,例如可列舉>Examples of the aromatic smog include benzene, toluene, diphenylbenzene, and 1,3,5-trisylbenzene. Examples of the ketones include propanone, 4-heptanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, pentyl, cyclohexyl and the like. _, 2-butanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptan-4-yl-4-mercapto-2-pentanyl, ring as an alcohol, for example, can be listed with · wp J. methanol, ethanol, propanol , butanol, hexanol 'cyclohexanol, ethylene _. One%, glycerol, etc. Ο As a broad class, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, acetic acid: amyl succinate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl acetobutyrate, butyric acid Ethyl vinegar, butyric acid butyrate, alkyl vinegar, lactic acid: ester, ethyl lactate, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, methyl acetonitrile, _ 曰 ethoxy ethoxyacetate Ethyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate methyl methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, bismuth 2-hydroxypropionate Ester, ethyl 2-methoxymethoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl lactyl propionate, 2-decyloxy Ethyl -2-methylpropionate, 15073l.doc 201113303 Ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate Methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl acrylate, acetonitrile acetate Ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate, 2, methyl acetobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxetoxybutyrate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-mercapto-3-methoxybutyl Alkyl acetate, γ·butyrolactone, and the like. Examples of the brewed amines include hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylformamide, hydrazine, hydrazine dimethylacetamide, hydrazine-methylpyrrolidone, and the like. Among the above, etc., preferred are propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl sulfonate, and 4' base methyl & 173⁄4 ig # u m g. Further, the solvent (8) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the solvent (E) in the colored photosensitive resin composition is preferably 7 () to 95% by mass, more preferably 75 to 90% by mass, based on the mass fraction. When the content of the solvent (8) is within the above range, the flatness at the time of coating becomes good, and (4) the color shading is not insufficient when the color filter is formed. Therefore, the display characteristics tend to be good, which is preferable. The photopolymerization starter (F) may also be included in the «u kiss~alumina resin composition. The photopolymerization start-up aid system is used in combination with a photopolymerization initiator to promote the polymerization of the light-emitting compound by the extraction of the initiator. The sensitizer. Examples of the photopolymerization initiation aid (F) include an amine compound, a 4-oxo oxime compound, and a 9-oxothione compound. Examples of the amine compound include >
^ 平.二乙醇胺、甲基二乙S fee、二異丙醇胺、4_二甲基 〜 土本甲酸甲酿、4-二甲基序 15073】,doe -110- 201113303 基苯甲酸乙SI、4-二甲基胺基笨甲酸異戊醋、苯甲酸_2_二 甲基胺基乙醋、4-二甲基胺基笨甲酸_2_乙基己^旨、二 甲基對甲苯胺、4,4’_雙(二甲基胺基)二苯甲網(俗稱米盆勒 ⑷、Μ,-雙(二6基胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4,•雙(乙基甲基胺 基)二苯甲晒等,其中較好的是4,4、雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲 Ο ❹ 作為烧氧基蒽化合物,例如可列舉:9,1〇_二甲氧基貧、 乙基-9,10-二㈣葱、9,1〇•二乙氧基f、2乙二〇_ 二乙氧基蕙、9,10-二丁氧基葱、2_乙基_9,1〇_二丁氧基葱 等。 作為9-氧硫如星化合物,例如可列舉:2_異丙基_9_氧硫 咄嗤、4-異丙基_9-氧硫♦星、2,4_二乙基_9_氧硫如星、 2,4·二氯_9_氧硫,山蠖、丨_氯·4_丙氧基氧硫咄蠖等。 光聚合起始助劑(F)可單獨使用或將兩種以上組合使 用。又,作為光聚合起始助劑(F),例如亦可使用商品名 AB F」(保土穀化學工業股份有限公司製造)等市售 品° 作為本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物中之光聚合起始劑 (:)與光聚合起始助劑(F)的組合,例如可列舉:二乙氧基 苯乙酮/4,4 -雙(二乙基胺基)二笨甲酮、2-甲基_2_味啉 基]·(4-甲硫基苯基)丙燒]•酮/4,4,_雙(二乙基胺基)二笨甲 酮、2-羥基_2-甲基_丨-苯基丙烷,-雙(二乙基胺基) .苯甲嗣、苯偶醯二甲基縮酮/4,4,_雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲 酮、2-經基-2_甲基_W4_(2_經基乙氧基)苯基]丙院小酮/ 150731.doc -111 - 201113303 4,4-雙(一乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、^羥基環己基苯基酮 雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、2-羥基·2_甲基曱基乙 烯基)苯基]丙烷-1-酮之低聚物/4,4,_雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲 酮、2-苄基-2- 丁烷-1-酮/ 二甲基胺基-1-(4-味啉基苯基) 4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮等,較好者可列舉:甲 基-2-味啉基-K4-甲硫基苯基)丙烷酮/4,4,_雙(二乙基胺 基)二笨甲酮。 於使用該等光聚合起始助劑(F)之情形時,相對於每i莫 耳之光聚合起始劑(D),其使用量較好的是〇 〇1〜1〇莫耳, 更好的是0.01〜5莫耳。 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物中亦可進而含有界面活 性劑(G)。作為界面活性劑(G),可列舉選自由聚矽氧系界 面活性劑、氟系界面活性劑及具有氟原子之聚矽氧系界面 活性劑所組成之群中的至少一種。 作為聚矽氧系界面活性劑,可列舉具有矽氧烷鍵之界面 活性劑等。具體可列舉:T〇ray SUic〇ne DC3pA、丁。^^^ 平.Diethanolamine, methyldiethyl S fee, diisopropanolamine, 4_dimethyl~benzic acid formic acid, 4-dimethyl sequence 15073],doe-110- 201113303 benzoic acid ethyl , 4-dimethylamino-based benzoic acid, isoamyl vinegar, benzoic acid, 2-dimethylaminoethyl acetonate, 4-dimethylamino benzoic acid, 2-ethylhexyl phthalate, dimethyl-methyl Aniline, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)benzhydryl network (commonly known as rice basin (4), hydrazine, -bis(di 6-amino) benzophenone, 4,4, • double (B More preferably, 4,4 or bis(diethylamino)benzhydrazide is used as the alkoxypurine compound, and for example, 9,1 〇 is exemplified. Dimethoxy depleted, ethyl-9,10-di(tetra) onion, 9,1 〇•diethoxy f, 2 ethane oxime diethoxy oxime, 9,10-dibutoxy onion, 2 _Ethyl_9,1〇-dibutoxy onion, etc. As the 9-oxo-sulfur such as a star compound, for example, 2-isopropyl-5-oxathione, 4-isopropyl-7-- Oxygen sulfur ♦ star, 2,4_diethyl_9_oxysulfur such as star, 2,4·dichloro_9_oxysulfide, hawthorn, 丨_chloro·4_propoxy oxysulfonium, and the like. Photopolymerization start aid (F) In the case of the photopolymerization initiation aid (F), for example, a commercial product such as the trade name AB F" (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can be used as the present invention. The combination of the photopolymerization initiator (:) and the photopolymerization initiation assistant (F) in the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the invention may, for example, be diethoxyacetophenone / 4,4 -bis (two Ethylamino)dimercaptoketone, 2-methyl-2-yl-morpholinyl](4-methylthiophenyl)propanone]-ketone/4,4,_bis(diethylamino) Dimethyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-hydrazine-phenylpropane, bis(diethylamino), benzamidine, benzoin dimethyl ketal / 4,4, _ double ( Diethylamino)benzophenone, 2-carbyl-2-methyl-W4_(2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl]propanone/150731.doc -111 - 201113303 4,4- Bis(ethylethylamino)benzophenone, hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methylnonylvinyl)phenyl]propane 1-ketone oligomer/4,4,_bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2-benzyl-2-butan-1-one/dimethylamino- 1-(4-morpholinylphenyl) 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, etc., preferably, methyl-2-tyrosolinyl-K4-methylthio Phenyl)propanone/4,4,_bis(diethylamino)dibenzophenone. In the case of using the photopolymerization initiation assistant (F), it is preferably used in an amount of from 1 to 1 mol per mol of the photopolymerization initiator (D) per i mole. Good is 0.01~5 m. The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain an interface active agent (G). The surfactant (G) is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyfluorene-based surfactant, a fluorine-based surfactant, and a polyfluorene-based surfactant having a fluorine atom. The polyoxo-based surfactant may, for example, be an interfacial surfactant having a decane bond. Specific examples include: T〇ray SUic〇ne DC3pA, D. ^^
Silicone SH7PA ^ Toray Silicone DCllPA^ T〇ray Silicone SH21PA > Toray Silicone SH28PA ^ Toray Silicone 29SHPA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、聚趟改質石夕油 SH8400 (商〇口名,Toray Silicone股份有限公司製造)、κρ32ΐ、 KP322、KP323、KP324、KP326、KP340、KP341(Shin-Etsu Silicone 製造)、TSF4〇〇、TSF401、TSF41〇、 TSF4300 、 TSF4440 、 TSF4445 、 TSF-4446 、 TSF4452 、 TSF4460(曰本邁圖高新材料公司(M〇mentive perf〇rmance 150731.doc •112- 201113303Silicone SH7PA ^ Toray Silicone DCllPA^ T〇ray Silicone SH21PA > Toray Silicone SH28PA ^ Toray Silicone 29SHPA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Polycrystalline Shishi Oil SH8400 (named by Toray Silicone Co., Ltd.), κρ32ΐ, KP322, KP323, KP324, KP326, KP340, KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone), TSF4〇〇, TSF401, TSF41〇, TSF4300, TSF4440, TSF4445, TSF-4446, TSF4452, TSF4460 (Sakamoto Moto High-Tech Materials Co., Ltd. ( M〇mentive perf〇rmance 150731.doc •112- 201113303
Materials Japan)附屬公司製造)等。 作為氟系界面活性劑,可列舉具有氟碳鏈之界面活性劑 等。具體可列舉:Fluorad(商品名)FC430、Fluorad FC431 (住友3M股份有限公司製造),Megaface(商品名)F142D、 Megaface F171、Megaface F172、Megaface F173、 Megaface F177 ' Megaface F183、Megaface R30(DIC股份 有限公司製造),Eftop(商品名)EF301、Eftop EF303、 Eftop EF351、Eftop EF352(新秋田化成股份有限公司製 造),Surflon(商品名)S381、Surflon S382、Surflon SC101、Surflon SCIO5(旭硝子股份有限公司製造), E5 844(大金精密化學研究所股份有限公司製造),bm-1000、ΒΜ-11〇〇(均為商品名,bm Chemie公司製造)等。 作為上述具有氟原子之聚矽氧系界面活性劑,可列舉具 有石夕氧烧鍵及氟碳鏈之界面活性劑等。具體可列舉:Materials Japan) manufactured by a subsidiary). The fluorine-based surfactant may, for example, be a surfactant having a fluorocarbon chain. Specific examples include: Fluorad (trade name) FC430, Fluorad FC431 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Megaface (trade name) F142D, Megaface F171, Megaface F172, Megaface F173, Megaface F177 ' Megaface F183, Megaface R30 (DIC shares limited) Manufactured by the company, Eftop (trade name) EF301, Eftop EF303, Eftop EF351, Eftop EF352 (manufactured by New Akita Chemical Co., Ltd.), Surflon (trade name) S381, Surflon S382, Surflon SC101, Surflon SCIO5 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) ), E5 844 (manufactured by Daikin Precision Chemical Research Co., Ltd.), bm-1000, ΒΜ-11〇〇 (all trade names, manufactured by bm Chemie). The polyfluorene-based surfactant having a fluorine atom may, for example, be a surfactant having an anthracycline bond or a fluorocarbon chain. Specific examples are:
Megaface(註冊商標)R08、Megaface BL20、Megaface F475、Megaface F477、Megaface F443(DIC股份有限公司 製造)等。 該等界面活性劑可單獨使用或將兩種以上組合使用。 界面活性劑(G)之含量’以相對於著色感光性樹脂組合 物之質量分率計,較好的是〇 〇〇〇〇1〜〇丨質量%,更好的是 0.00005〜0.01質里%。若界面活性劑⑹之含量在上述範圍 内’則存在平坦性變得良好之傾向,&而較好。其中,界 面活性劑(G)之含量中不包含上述顏料分散劑之含量。 作為使用本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物形成彩色滤光 150731.doc •113· 201113303 片之圖案的方法,例如可列舉:將本發明之著色感光性樹 脂組合物塗佈於基板或其他樹脂層(例如,之前形成於基 板上之其他著色感光性樹脂組合物層等)上,除去溶劑等 揮發成分而形成著色層,然後經由光罩對該著色層進行曝 光並顯影之方法(即光微影法);及使用無需光微影法之喷 墨機器的方法等。 藉由於上述圖案形成方法中在曝光時不使用光罩'及/ 或不顯影’可獲得本發明之塗膜。 八體而5 ’藉由光微影技術等眾所周知之方法,於玻璃 基板21上對每個像素形成複數個TFT22(參照圖〇。TFT22 包含:例如藉由鉬(Mo)而形成於玻璃基板21上且構成閘極 線之一部分的閘極電極22a、形成於該閘極電極22a上之例 如由氮化膜(SiNx)與氧化膜(Si〇2)之積層膜構成的閘極絕 緣膜22b、形成於該閘極絕緣膜22b上之多晶矽膜22c、及 例如由氧化膜(Si〇2)與氮化膜(SiNx)之積層膜所形成的保 護膜22d。多晶矽膜22c之與閘極電極22a對向之區域成為 TFT22之通道區域’又’該通道區域之兩側之區域成為源 極區域或汲極區域。多晶矽膜22c之源極區域經由設置於 保護膜22d中之連接孔(接觸孔),而與例如藉由鋁(A1)而形 成之信號線27電性連接。再者,多晶矽膜22c之汲極區域 如下所述般經由連接孔(接觸孔)201與像素電極24電性連 接。 於玻璃基板21上對每個像素形成複數個TFT22時,係在 於玻璃基板21上形成TFT22之同時形成對準標記(未圖 150731.doc •114- 201113303 示)。該對準標記如下所述般成為彩色遽光片層23之形成 步驟中的位置對準基準。再者,該等對準標記亦可兼用作 成為驅動基板與對向基板之貼合基準的標記。料標記可 於TFT22之製造製程中形成配線等金屬層或多晶矽層時, 利用至少其中一層而於同一步驟中形成。Megaface (registered trademark) R08, Megaface BL20, Megaface F475, Megaface F477, Megaface F443 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), and the like. These surfactants may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the surfactant (G) is preferably from 〇〇〇〇〇1 to 〇丨% by mass, more preferably from 0.00005 to 0.01% by mass based on the mass fraction of the coloring photosensitive resin composition. . When the content of the surfactant (6) is within the above range, the flatness tends to be good, and it is preferable. Here, the content of the surfactant (G) does not include the content of the above pigment dispersant. As a method of forming a pattern of color filter 150731.doc • 113·201113303 using the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, for example, the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate or another resin layer. (for example, a layer of another colored photosensitive resin composition previously formed on a substrate, etc.), a method of forming a colored layer by removing a volatile component such as a solvent, and then exposing and developing the colored layer via a photomask (ie, photolithography) Method); and a method of using an inkjet machine that does not require photolithography. The coating film of the present invention can be obtained by the use of the mask 'and/or no development' during exposure in the above pattern forming method. A plurality of TFTs 22 are formed on each of the pixels on the glass substrate 21 by a well-known method such as photolithography (see FIG. TFT. The TFT 22 includes, for example, molybdenum (Mo) formed on the glass substrate 21 a gate electrode 22a constituting one of the gate lines, and a gate insulating film 22b formed of a laminated film of a nitride film (SiNx) and an oxide film (Si〇2) formed on the gate electrode 22a, a polysilicon film 22c formed on the gate insulating film 22b, and a protective film 22d formed of, for example, a laminated film of an oxide film (Si〇2) and a nitride film (SiNx), and a gate electrode 22a of the polysilicon film 22c. The opposite region becomes the channel region of the TFT 22 and the region on both sides of the channel region becomes the source region or the drain region. The source region of the polysilicon film 22c passes through the connection hole (contact hole) provided in the protective film 22d. Further, the signal line 27 formed by, for example, aluminum (A1) is electrically connected. Further, the drain region of the polysilicon film 22c is electrically connected to the pixel electrode 24 via a connection hole (contact hole) 201 as described below. Forming each pixel on the glass substrate 21 When a plurality of TFTs 22 are formed, alignment marks are formed while forming the TFTs 22 on the glass substrate 21. (not shown in Fig. 150731.doc • 114-201113303). The alignment marks are formed as a color light-receiving sheet layer 23 as described below. Further, the alignment marks may also serve as a mark for bonding the drive substrate and the counter substrate. The material mark may form a metal layer or a polysilicon layer such as a wiring in the manufacturing process of the TFT 22. When at least one of the layers is used, it is formed in the same step.
其次,於形成有TFT22及對準標記的玻璃基板幻上 用旋塗法或其他方法形成膜厚為〇 5〜5 〇 μηι、例如i 〇 利 μηι 之者色感光性樹脂組合物層23 Α。該著色感光性樹脂組合 物層23 A對應本發明之彩色濾光片。Next, on the glass substrate on which the TFT 22 and the alignment mark are formed, a photosensitive resin composition layer 23 of a film thickness of 〇 5 to 5 Å μηι, for example, i 〇 μ μηι, is formed by spin coating or the like. The colored photosensitive resin composition layer 23 A corresponds to the color filter of the present invention.
繼而,於30〜120t之範圍之溫度,例如6〇〜U(rc下實施 熱處理,藉此使著色感光性樹脂組合物層23A乾燥。為乾 燥著色感光性組合物層23 A,可將減壓乾燥與加熱乾燥組 合進打。其次,經由光罩(未圖示)對著色感光性樹脂組合 物層23 A照射紫外線,進而藉由顯影液選擇性地除去多餘 部分(未曝光部),藉此形成到達至多晶矽膜22c之汲極區域 的連接孔(接觸孔)201,然後進行水洗。其後,為使著色感 光丨生樹月曰組合物層23 A再流動(重溶,refi〇w),以及使著色 感光性組合物層23A中所含之硬化性成分硬化,於 100〜300°C之範圍之溫度、例如15〇〜23〇°c下加熱。 藉此,著色感光性樹脂組合物層23 A形成為對應每個像 素行而包含紅色濾光片23a、綠色濾光片23b及藍色濾光片 23c之彩色濾光片層23(參照圖2)。彩色濾光片層23之各濾 光片間的區域成為鄰接之顏色的混合區域,但由於該區域 係對向於信號線27之遮光區域,因此並不會特別影響品 150731.doc •115. 201113303 質。再者’亦可不對該各滤光片間之區域著色。 繼而例如藉由旋塗法以覆蓋彩色濾光片層23之方式, 形成例如膜厚0.3〜2.Q μΓη的作為保護膜之感光性樹脂膜 昭圖)、‘而,經由光罩(未圖示)對感光性樹脂膜29 ’、、、、線進而藉由顯影液選擇性除去與連接孔20 1對 。品域及夕餘# & ’藉此形成到達至多晶石夕膜22c之没 極區域的連接孔(接觸孔)2G2,然後進行水洗。其後,為使 感光性樹脂膜29再流動(重炫),而於10G〜30Gt之範圍之 狐度例如2GG C下進行加熱。繼而,為除去沈積於接觸孔 202内之殘渔及有機物利用氧電聚進行姓刻進而為 除去藉由氧電毁所形成之氧化膜,例如藉由稀氫氟酸進行 蝕刻。 二人例如藉由濺鍍法,於感光性樹脂膜29上形成透明 人材料例如IT〇(Indium_Tin :銦與錫之氧化物 一 ' )後藉由光微影技術及姓刻將該ITO膜圖案化, 從而形成透明像素電極24(參照圖4)。再者,根據要製作之 ,牛(device)之不@ ’該像素電極24有時亦可利用銘(Ai)或 銀(Ag)等金屬而形成。其後,利用已知之方法形成配向 膜-之後將該驅動基板與對向基板貼合,藉此可製造液晶 顯不裝詈。 根據本發明 光片,所獲得 體攝像元件。 ’可獲得耐熱性優異之塗膜 '圖案及彩色淚 之彩色渡光片可適宜用於液晶顯示元件或固 實施例 150731.doc -116- 201113303 以下,利用實施例更詳細地說明本發明。只要無特別說 明,則例中之「%」及「份」為質量%及質量份。 [合成例1] (式(1)所示之化合物之合成例) 於具備冷卻管及攪拌裝置之燒瓶中投入15份式(AO-1)所 示之化合物與式(A0-2)所示之化合物之混合物(中外化成製 造)、150份氯仿及8.9份N,N-二曱基甲醯胺,於攪拌下一面 維持為20°C以下,一面滴加10.9份亞硫醯氣。滴加結束 後,升溫至5CTC,於相同溫度下維持5小時而使之反應, 其後冷卻至20°C。一面將冷卻後之反應溶液於攪拌下維持 為20°C以下,_面滴加2_乙基己胺125份與三乙胺以丨份 之混合液。其後,於相同溫度下攪拌5小時而使之反應。 繼而利用旋轉蒸發器將所獲得之反應混合物之溶劑蒸餾去 除後,添加少量之甲醇並遽烈攪拌。於離子交換水375份 之混合液中一面攪拌一面添加該混合物,使結晶析出。將 所析出之結晶過濾分離’利用離子交換水充分清洗於 60 C下減壓H獲得式(A1_a)所示之化合物與式⑷-匕) 所不之化合物之混合物(A1)(式⑷」卜式(Ai 8)所示之化 合物之混合物)11>3份。 [化 45]Then, the colored photosensitive resin composition layer 23A is dried by heat treatment at a temperature in the range of 30 to 120 t, for example, 6 〇 to U (rc). The dried coloring photosensitive composition layer 23 A can be decompressed. Drying is combined with heat drying. Next, the colored photosensitive resin composition layer 23A is irradiated with ultraviolet rays through a mask (not shown), and the excess portion (unexposed portion) is selectively removed by the developer. A connection hole (contact hole) 201 reaching the drain region of the polysilicon film 22c is formed, and then washed with water. Thereafter, the coloring photosensitive sapling composition layer 23 A is reflowed (re-dissolved) And curing the curable component contained in the colored photosensitive composition layer 23A, and heating at a temperature in the range of 100 to 300 ° C, for example, 15 Torr to 23 ° C. Thereby, the colored photosensitive resin composition is colored. The layer 23 A is formed as a color filter layer 23 (see FIG. 2) including a red color filter 23a, a green color filter 23b, and a blue color filter 23c corresponding to each pixel row. The color filter layer 23 The area between the filters becomes a mixture of adjacent colors The area is combined, but since the area is opposite to the light-shielding area of the signal line 27, it does not particularly affect the quality of the product. Further, the area between the filters may not be colored. Then, for example, a photosensitive resin film as a protective film having a film thickness of 0.3 to 2.Q μΓη is formed by a spin coating method so as to cover the color filter layer 23, and is formed by a photomask (not shown). The photosensitive resin film 29', the line, and the line are selectively removed by the developer to the pair of connection holes 20 1 . The product region and the evening # & ' thereby forming a connection hole (contact hole) 2G2 reaching the non-polar region of the polycrystalline film 22c, and then performing water washing. Thereafter, in order to reflow (rejugate) the photosensitive resin film 29, it is heated at a fox degree of, for example, 2 GG C in the range of 10 G to 30 Gt. Then, in order to remove the residual fish and organic matter deposited in the contact hole 202, the oxide film formed by the oxygen destruction is removed by etching, for example, by dilute hydrofluoric acid. The two persons form a transparent human material such as IT〇 (Indium_Tin: an oxide of indium and tin) on the photosensitive resin film 29 by sputtering, for example, and then pattern the ITO film by photolithography and surname. Thereby, the transparent pixel electrode 24 is formed (refer to FIG. 4). Further, depending on the material to be fabricated, the pixel electrode 24 may be formed of a metal such as Ai or Ag (Ag). Thereafter, the alignment film is formed by a known method - and then the drive substrate is bonded to the opposite substrate, whereby the liquid crystal display can be manufactured. According to the light sheet of the present invention, a bulk imaging element is obtained. The color film of the coating film 'pattern and color tear which is excellent in heat resistance can be suitably used for a liquid crystal display element or a solid example 150731.doc-116-201113303 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples. Unless otherwise stated, the "%" and "parts" in the examples are % by mass and parts by mass. [Synthesis Example 1] (Synthesis Example of Compound of Formula (1)) In a flask equipped with a cooling tube and a stirring device, 15 parts of a compound represented by the formula (AO-1) and a formula (A0-2) are charged. A mixture of the compounds (manufactured by Chinese and foreign chemical production), 150 parts of chloroform and 8.9 parts of N,N-dimercaptocarbamide were maintained at 20 ° C or lower while stirring, and 10.9 parts of sulfoxide gas was added dropwise thereto. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 5 CTC, and the mixture was allowed to react at the same temperature for 5 hours, and then cooled to 20 °C. While the cooled reaction solution was maintained at 20 ° C or lower under stirring, a mixture of 125 parts of 2-ethylhexylamine and triethylamine as a mixture was added dropwise. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 5 hours to cause a reaction. Then, the solvent of the obtained reaction mixture was distilled off by a rotary evaporator, and a small amount of methanol was added thereto and stirred vigorously. The mixture was added to a mixed liquid of 375 parts of ion-exchanged water while stirring to precipitate crystals. The precipitated crystals are separated by filtration, and the mixture of the compound represented by the formula (A1_a) and the compound of the formula (4)-oxime (A1) is obtained by sufficiently washing with a water-exchanged water at 60 C under reduced pressure (A1) (Formula (4)" A mixture of the compounds of the formula (Ai 8)) 11 > 3 parts. [化45]
150731.doc •117 201113303150731.doc •117 201113303
[式(Al-a)及式(Al-b)中,Rg、Rh及t分別獨立表示氫原 子、-S03-、-S03H或2-乙基己基硫烷基]。 [化 46][In the formula (Al-a) and the formula (Al-b), Rg, Rh and t each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -S03-, -S03H or 2-ethylhexylsulfanyl group]. [Chem. 46]
Ra-HNC^SRa-HNC^S
Ra-rt^OjSRa-rt^OjS
[合成例2 ] 於反應槽中加入雙酚A型環氧樹脂(環氧當量為1 87 150731.doc -118- 201113303 g/eq)350份,並添加作為聚合抑制劑之對甲氧基笨酚1份, 一面使氮氣與氧氣之混合氣體(氧濃度為5%)起泡一面2熱 至115C,然後添加丙稀酸138份、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸醋 (以下稱為PGMEA)135份、三乙胺32份,反應*小時。^ 該反應物冷卻至105°C,添加丁二酸酐187份、pGMEA 2乃 ' 份,反應7小時。繼而,添加雙酚A型環氧樹脂(環氧當量 為187 g/eq)233份及PGMEA 1000份、作為聚合抑制劑 曱氧基苯酚1份,於115t:下反應12小時後,冷卻至室溫, 〇 藉此獲得樹脂溶液1。 對所獲得之樹脂溶液1測定各種物性,結果重量平均分 子量為1.2X104,於真空下於16(rc下乾燥後獲得之固形物 成分濃度為40_0%,藉由滴定法所求出之每單位量固形物 成分之酸值為49 mgKOH/g。 [合成例3] 於作為反應槽之附有冷卻管的可分離式燒瓶中加入雙酚 〇 A型環氧樹脂(環氧當量為187 g/eq)35〇份,並添加作為聚 &抑制劑之對曱氧基苯盼1份’一面使氮氣與氧氣之混合 氣體(氧濃度為5%)起泡一面加熱至115。(:,然後添加丙稀 . 酸138份、PGMEA 135份、二甲基苄胺3.2份,反應4小 時°將該反應物冷卻至l〇〇t:,添加丁二酸酐ι87份、 PGMEA 221份,反應5小時。繼而,添加雙酚A型環氧樹脂 (環氧當量為187 g/eq)262份及PGMEA 1040份、作為聚合 抑制劑之對甲氧基苯酚1份,於115。(:下反應1〇小時。進 而’添加丁二酸酐9重量份,於u 〇°c下反應3小時後,冷 150731.doc -119- 201113303 卻至室溫,藉此獲得樹脂溶液2。 以與樹脂溶液1相同之方式對所獲得之樹脂溶液2測定各 種物性,結果重量平均分子量為2.36X104,固形物成分濃 度為41.4°/°,每單位量固形物成分之酸值為44mgKOH/g。 [合成例4] 於作為反應槽《附有冷卻f之可分離式燒瓶中加入雙齡 A型環氧樹脂(環氧當量為187 g/eq)35〇份並添加作為聚 合抑制劑之對甲氧基苯酚i份’ 一面使氮氣與氧氣之混合 氣體(氧濃度為7%)起泡,一面加熱至115艺,然後添加丙 烯酸138份、PGMEA 135份、三乙胺3·2份,反應4小時。 將该反應物冷卻至100°c,添加丁二酸酐187份、 220份,反應3小時。繼而添加雙酚A型環氧樹脂(環氧當量 為467 g/eq)583份、PGMEA 1500份、作為聚合抑制劑之對 曱氧基苯酚1.3份,於U5t:下反應1〇小時。進而添加丁二 酸酐9重量份,於11(rc下反應3小時後,冷卻至室溫,藉[Synthesis Example 2] 350 parts of a bisphenol A type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent weight: 1 87 150731.doc -118 - 201113303 g/eq) was added to the reaction tank, and a p-methoxy group as a polymerization inhibitor was added. 1 part of phenol, one side of a mixture of nitrogen and oxygen (oxygen concentration of 5%) foaming side 2 heat to 115C, then add 138 parts of acrylic acid, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate vinegar (hereinafter referred to as PGMEA) 135 parts, 32 parts of triethylamine, reaction * hour. The reaction was cooled to 105 ° C, and 187 parts of succinic anhydride and pGMEA 2 were added for a reaction for 7 hours. Then, 233 parts of a bisphenol A type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent: 187 g/eq), 1000 parts of PGMEA, and 1 part of a polymerization inhibitor methoxy phenol were added, and the reaction was carried out at 115 t: for 12 hours, and then cooled to a chamber. The resin solution 1 was obtained by heating. The obtained resin solution 1 was measured for various physical properties, and as a result, the weight average molecular weight was 1.2×104, and the solid content concentration obtained after drying at 16 (vacuum under vacuum was 40% by weight, per unit amount determined by titration) The acid value of the solid content was 49 mgKOH/g. [Synthesis Example 3] A bisphenol fluorene type A epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent weight: 187 g/eq) was added to a separable flask equipped with a cooling tube as a reaction vessel. 35 parts, and added as a poly & inhibitor of p-oxybenzene to 1 part of 'on one side, a mixture of nitrogen and oxygen (oxygen concentration of 5%) foaming while heating to 115. (:, then add Acetone. 138 parts of acid, 135 parts of PGMEA, and 3.2 parts of dimethylbenzylamine were reacted for 4 hours. The reaction was cooled to 1 〇〇t: 87 parts of succinic anhydride ι and 221 parts of PGMEA were added and reacted for 5 hours. Then, 262 parts of a bisphenol A type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent: 187 g/eq), 1040 parts of PGMEA, and 1 part of p-methoxyphenol as a polymerization inhibitor were added at 115. (: 1 hour reaction) Further, 9 parts by weight of succinic anhydride was added, and after reacting for 3 hours at u 〇 °c, cold 150731.doc -119-2011 13303 was obtained at room temperature, thereby obtaining a resin solution 2. The obtained resin solution 2 was measured for various physical properties in the same manner as in the resin solution 1, and as a result, the weight average molecular weight was 2.36 X 104 and the solid content concentration was 41.4 ° / °. The acid value per unit amount of the solid content was 44 mgKOH/g. [Synthesis Example 4] A double-aged type A epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent weight: 187 g/) was added as a reaction tank "separable flask with cooling f". Eq) 35 parts and adding p-methoxyphenol as a polymerization inhibitor i part while foaming a mixed gas of nitrogen and oxygen (oxygen concentration of 7%), heating to 115 art, and then adding 138 parts of acrylic acid, 135 parts of PGMEA and 3·2 parts of triethylamine were reacted for 4 hours. The reaction was cooled to 100 ° C, 187 parts of succinic anhydride and 220 parts were added, and reacted for 3 hours, followed by addition of bisphenol A type epoxy resin ( 653 parts of epoxy equivalent (467 g / eq), 1500 parts of PGMEA, 1.3 parts of p-methoxyphenol as a polymerization inhibitor, reacted for 1 hour at U5t: further added 9 parts by weight of succinic anhydride at 11 ( After reacting for 3 hours at rc, cool to room temperature and borrow
此獲得樹脂溶液3 D 以與樹脂溶液1相同之方式對所獲得之樹脂溶液3測定各 種物性’結果重量平均分子量為i 82 x i 04,固形物成分濃 度為40_0%,每單位量固形物成分之酸值為50 mgKOH/g。 [合成例5] 於作為反應槽之附有冷卻管的可分離式燒瓶中加入雙酚 A型環氧樹脂(環氧當量為187 g/eq)34〇份及pGMEa 42〇 份’並添加作為聚合抑制劑之對甲氧基苯酚1份,一面使 氮氣與氧氣之混合氣體(氧濃度為7%)起泡一面加熱至 150731.doc •120· 201113303 115°C,然後添加丙烯酸135份、PGMEA 135份、二7 —C»胺 3·2份’反應8小時。將該反應物冷卻至1 〇(Tc,添加 _ * _ Ifc 酸酐160份,反應3小時。繼而,添加雙酚a型環氧樹脂(環 氧當量為I87 g/eq)2l3份及PGMEA 700份、作為聚合抑制 劑之對曱氧基苯酚1份,於115。(:下反應10小時後,冷都至 室溫,藉此獲得樹脂溶液4。 以與樹脂溶液1相同之方式對所獲得之樹脂溶液4測定各 種物性,結果重量平均分子量為9_〇x 103,固形物成分濃度 為40.0°/。’每單位量固形物成分之酸值為33 mgKOH/g。 [合成例6] 於具備回流冷卻器、滴液漏斗及攪拌機的1 L之燒瓶 内’以0.02 L/min流入氮氣形成氮氣環境,加入3_甲氧 基-1-丁醇200質量份及3-曱氧基丁基乙酸酯1〇5質量份,— 面攪拌一面加熱至70。(:。繼而,溶解於甲基丙烯酸6〇質量 份、丙烯酸-3,4-環氧三環[5.2.1.02’6]癸酯(以莫耳比5〇:5〇 混合下述式(B 1-1-1)所示之化合物與式(B1-2-1)所示之化合 物)240質量份及3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯140質量份中製備溶 液,使用滴液漏斗,歷時4小時將該溶解液滴加至保溫為 7〇°C之燒瓶内。另一方面,使用另外之滴液漏斗,歷時4 小時,於燒瓶内滴加將聚合起始劑2,2,-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基 戊腈)30質量份溶解於3-曱氧基丁基乙酸酯225質量份中所 得的溶液。結束滴加聚合起始劑之溶液後,於7(rc保持4 小時’其後冷卻至室溫,獲得重量平均分子量Mw為 1.3xl04、分散度(Mw/Mn)為2.5、固形物成分為33質量%、 150731.doc -121 - 201113303 酸值為34 mg-KOH/g之樹脂溶液HI。 [化 47]This obtained resin solution 3 D was measured for various physical properties of the obtained resin solution 3 in the same manner as the resin solution 1 'Results The weight average molecular weight was i 82 xi 04, the solid content concentration was 40% by weight, and the solid content per unit amount was The acid value is 50 mgKOH/g. [Synthesis Example 5] A bisphenol A type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent weight: 187 g/eq) 34 parts and pGMEa 42 parts ' was added to a separable flask equipped with a cooling tube as a reaction tank and added as One part of the polymerization inhibitor p-methoxyphenol was heated to 150731.doc •120·201113303 115°C while foaming a mixture of nitrogen and oxygen (oxygen concentration of 7%), then adding 135 parts of acrylic acid, PGMEA 135 parts, two 7-C»amines 3.2 parts 'reaction for 8 hours. The reaction was cooled to 1 Torr (Tc, 160 parts of _*_Ifc anhydride was added, and reacted for 3 hours. Then, 2l3 parts of bisphenol a type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent of I87 g/eq) and 700 parts of PGMEA were added. 1 part of p-methoxyphenol as a polymerization inhibitor, at 115. (: After 10 hours of reaction, it was cooled to room temperature, thereby obtaining a resin solution 4. The obtained was obtained in the same manner as the resin solution 1. The resin solution 4 was measured for various physical properties, and as a result, the weight average molecular weight was 9 〇 x 103, and the solid content concentration was 40.0 ° /. 'The acid value per unit amount of the solid content was 33 mg KOH / g. [Synthesis Example 6] In a 1 L flask of a reflux condenser, a dropping funnel and a stirrer, a nitrogen gas was introduced at 0.02 L/min to form a nitrogen atmosphere, and 200 parts by mass of 3-methoxy-1-butanol and 3-methoxybutylethyl group were added. 1 〇 5 parts by mass of the acid ester, heated to 70 while stirring on the surface. (:. Further, dissolved in 6 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, 3,4-epoxytricyclo[5.2.1.02'6] decyl acrylate (The compound represented by the following formula (B 1-1-1) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-2-1)) are mixed in a molar ratio of 5 〇:5 240, and 240 parts by mass and 3 A solution was prepared in 140 parts by mass of methoxybutyl acetate, and the dropping solution was added to a flask maintained at 7 ° C for 4 hours using a dropping funnel. On the other hand, another drop was used. The funnel was added to the flask over 30 hours, and 30 parts by mass of the polymerization initiator 2,2,-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) was dissolved in 3-methoxybutyl acetate. The solution obtained in 225 parts by mass. After the dropwise addition of the solution of the polymerization initiator, it was kept at 7 (rc for 4 hours) and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a weight average molecular weight Mw of 1.3×10 4 and a degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn). The resin solution HI having a solid content of 33% by mass and 150731.doc -121 - 201113303 having an acid value of 34 mg-KOH/g.
〇 II H2C=CH-C—0 0 » h2c=ch-c~-o· 關於所獲得之上述樹脂1〜4及HI之聚苯乙烯換算重量平 均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Μη)的測定,係使用GPC 法,於以下條件下進行。〇II H2C=CH-C—0 0 » h2c=ch-c~-o· About the obtained polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Μη) of the above resins 1 to 4 and HI The measurement was carried out under the following conditions using a GPC method.
裝置:HLC-8120GPC(東曹(Tosoh)股份有限公司製造) 管柱:TSK-GELG2000HXL 管柱溫度:40°C 溶劑:THF(tetrahydrofuran,四氫π夫喃) 流速:1.0 mL/min 受檢液固形物成分濃度:0.001〜0.01質量%Device: HLC-8120GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Column: TSK-GELG2000HXL Column temperature: 40 ° C Solvent: THF (tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran) Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min Test liquid Solid content concentration: 0.001~0.01% by mass
注入量:50 pL 檢測器:RI 校正用標準物質:TSK STANDARD POLYSTYRENE F-40、F-4、F-l、A-2500、A-500(東曹股份有限公司製造) [實施例1] (著色感光性樹脂組合物1之製備) 將(A)著色劑:C.I.顏料藍15:6(顏料:PB 15:6) 33份 150731.doc -122- 201113303 丙烯酸系顏料分散劑 5份 丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 137份 加以混合,使用珠磨機使顏料充分分散,繼而混合 (A) 著色劑:染料A1 5份 (B) 樹脂.樹脂溶液1 1 5〇份' (C) 光聚合性化合物:二季戊四醇六丙稀酸酯 (KAYARAD DPHA ;曰本化藥股份有限公司製造)50份 (D) 光聚合起始劑:N_苯甲醯氧基4-(4-苯基硫烷基笨 基)辛院-1-綱-2-亞胺(irgacure OXE 01 ; Ciba Japan公司製 造) 15份 (E) 溶劑:乳酸乙酯 289份 獲得著色感光性樹脂組合物1。 關於所獲得之著色感光性樹脂組合物1,利用下述方法 對其進行評價。結果示於表1。 <圖案之形成> 於2英吋見方之玻璃基板(Eagle 2000 ;康寧(c〇rning)公 司製造)上’利用旋塗法塗佈著色感光性樹脂組合物1 ,然 後於100°c下進行3分鐘預烘烤。冷卻後,使該塗佈有著色 感光性樹脂組合物之基板與具有圖案之石英玻璃製光罩的 間隔為100 μιη ’使用曝光機(TME-150RSK ; Topcon股份有 限公司製造),於大氣環境下,以15〇 mj/cm2之曝光量(以 365 nm為基準)進行光照射。於光照射後,將上述塗膜於 含有非離子系界面活性劑〇·12%及氫氧化鉀0.04%之水系顯 影液中、於23°C下浸潰顯影80秒,水洗後,於烘箱中、於 150731.doc -123- 201113303 220 C下進行20分鐘後烘烤。放置冷卻後,使用膜厚測定 裝置(DEKTAK3 ;日本真空技術股份有限公司製造)測定所 獲得之硬化圖案之膜厚,結果為2.2 μηι 〇 <耐熱性評價> 對所獲彳于之玻璃基板上之圖案使用測色機(OSP Sp_2〇〇; 奥林巴斯(Olympus)股份有限公司製造)測定分光並使用 C光源之配色函數’測定CIE(C〇mmission Internati〇nai de rEclairage,國際照明委員會)之XYZ表色系統中之xy色度 座標(X,y)及亮度Y。將上述圖案於23(rc之烘箱中加熱2小 時。加熱後,再次測定色度座標,計算加熱前後之色差 △ Eab*。結果示於表22。 色差AEab*越小表示耐熱性越良好。又,若圖案之耐熱 性良好’則塗膜亦與圖案同樣地表現出良好之耐熱性。 [實施例2〜5] 除了以成為表22所示之組成之方式變更樹脂或組合複數 種樹脂以外’以與實施例1相同之方式獲得著色感光性樹 脂組合物及圖案。以與實施例_同之方式對其進行評 價。結果示於表2 2。 [比較例1 ] (著色感光性樹脂組合物之製備) 33份 5份 5份 137份 將(A)著色劑:C.I.顏料藍15:6(顏料:pBi5:6) 著色劑:C.I.顏料紫23(顏料:pV23) 丙烯酸系顏料分散劑 丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 150731.doc •124· 201113303 加以混合,使用珠磨機使顏料充分分散,繼而混合 (B) 樹脂:樹脂溶液H1 150份 (C) 光聚合性化合物:二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 (KAYARADDPHA;曰本化藥股份有限公司製造)50份 (D) 光聚合起始劑:IrgacureOXEOl • (Ciba Japan公司製造) 15份 (E) 溶劑:乳酸乙酯 289份 獲得著色感光性樹脂組合物。關於所獲得之著色感光樹脂 〇 組合物,以與實施例1相同之方式獲得圖案,且以與實施 例1相同之方式對其進行評價。結果示於表22。 [表 22] 實施例 比較例 1 2 3 4 5 1 著色劑(A) PB15:6(份)1) 33 33 33 33 33 33 PV23(份)1 - - - - - 5 A1(份) 5 5 5 5 5 - 黏合樹脂(B) 樹脂溶液1(份) 150 • 樹脂溶液2(份) - 148 - - - 樹脂溶液3(份) - 150 - - - 樹脂溶液4(份) - - - 150 75 - &脂溶液H1(份) - - - - 78 150 光聚合性化合物(C) 二季戊四醇六 丙_酸酯(份) 50 50 50 50 50 50 光聚合起始劑(D) OXE-01(份) 15 15 15 15 15 15 溶劑(F) 酸乙酯(份) 289 289 289 289 289 289 △Eab* 4.8 4.3 4.5 3.6 3.9 8.7 1) PB15:6係與丙烯酸系分散劑(5份)及PGMEA(137份)混合並分散。 150731.doc •125- 1 PV23係與PB15:6(33份)一起與丙烯酸系分散劑(5份)及PGMEA(137份) 混合並分散。 201113303 [合成例7] (式(2)所示之化合物之合成例) 於式(a-2)所示之間甲苯胺-4-磺酸10.0份中添加水200份 後,於冰浴冷卻下,利用30%氫氧化鈉水溶液將pH值調節 成7〜8。以下操作係於冰浴冷卻下進行。添加亞硝酸鈉 11_1份並攪拌30分鐘。將35%鹽酸39.0份以逐次少量之方 式進行添加而製成褐色溶液後,搜拌2小時。於反應溶液 中添加將胺基硫酸10.1份溶解於水1 〇 1份中所得之水溶液 並進行攪拌,獲得含有重氮鏽鹽之懸浮液。Injection amount: 50 pL Detector: Standard material for RI calibration: TSK STANDARD POLYSTYRENE F-40, F-4, Fl, A-2500, A-500 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) [Example 1] (Coloring sensitivity) Preparation of Resin Composition 1) (A) Colorant: CI Pigment Blue 15:6 (Pig: PB 15:6) 33 parts 150731.doc -122- 201113303 Acrylic pigment dispersant 5 parts propylene glycol monomethyl ether B 137 parts of the acid ester are mixed, and the pigment is sufficiently dispersed using a bead mill, followed by mixing (A) Colorant: Dye A1 5 parts (B) Resin. Resin solution 1 1 5 parts '(C) Photopolymerizable compound: II Pentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.) 50 parts (D) Photopolymerization initiator: N-benzylideneoxy 4-(4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) Xinyuan-1-en-2-amine (irgacure OXE 01; manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 15 parts (E) Solvent: 289 parts of ethyl lactate to obtain a colored photosensitive resin composition 1. The colored photosensitive resin composition 1 obtained was evaluated by the following method. The results are shown in Table 1. <Formation of Patterns> The colored photosensitive resin composition 1 was applied by spin coating on a glass substrate (Eagle 2000; manufactured by Corning Co., Ltd.) of 2 inches square, and then at 100 ° C Pre-bake for 3 minutes. After cooling, the distance between the substrate coated with the colored photosensitive resin composition and the patterned quartz glass mask was 100 μm. Using an exposure machine (TME-150RSK; manufactured by Topcon Co., Ltd.) under atmospheric conditions The light was irradiated with an exposure amount of 15 〇mj/cm 2 (based on 365 nm). After the light irradiation, the coating film was immersed and developed in an aqueous developing solution containing a nonionic surfactant 〇·12% and potassium hydroxide 0.04% at 23° C. for 80 seconds, washed with water, and then placed in an oven. After 20 minutes, it was baked at 150731.doc -123- 201113303 220 C. After leaving to cool, the film thickness of the obtained hardened pattern was measured using a film thickness measuring device (DEKTAK3; manufactured by Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.), and as a result, it was 2.2 μηι 〇 <heat resistance evaluation> The upper pattern is measured by a color measuring machine (OSP Sp_2〇〇; manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd.) and measured by a color matching function of the C light source (CIEmmission Internati〇nai de rEclairage, International Commission on Illumination) The xy chromaticity coordinates (X, y) and the luminance Y in the XYZ color system. The above pattern was heated in an oven of 23 (rc for 2 hours. After heating, the chromaticity coordinates were measured again, and the color difference Δ Eab* before and after heating was calculated. The results are shown in Table 22. The smaller the color difference AEab*, the better the heat resistance. When the heat resistance of the pattern is good, the coating film also exhibits good heat resistance similarly to the pattern. [Examples 2 to 5] In addition to changing the resin or combining a plurality of resins in such a manner as to have the composition shown in Table 22 The colored photosensitive resin composition and the pattern were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. The evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 22. [Comparative Example 1] (Coloring photosensitive resin composition) Preparation) 33 parts 5 parts 5 parts 137 parts (A) Colorant: CI Pigment Blue 15: 6 (Pigment: pBi5: 6) Colorant: CI Pigment Violet 23 (Pigment: pV23) Acrylic Pigment Dispersant Propylene Glycol Single Methyl ether acetate 150731.doc • 124· 201113303 Mix, use a bead mill to fully disperse the pigment, and then mix (B) Resin: Resin solution H1 150 parts (C) Photopolymerizable compound: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate ( KAYARADDPHA; capitalization 50 parts (D) Photopolymerization initiator: Irgacure OXEO1 • (manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 15 parts (E) Solvent: 289 parts of ethyl lactate to obtain a colored photosensitive resin composition. The photosensitive resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 22. [Table 22] Example Comparative Example 1 2 3 4 5 1 Colorant (A) PB15: 6 (parts) 1) 33 33 33 33 33 33 PV23 (parts) 1 - - - - - 5 A1 (parts) 5 5 5 5 5 - Adhesive resin (B) Resin solution 1 ( Parts) 150 • Resin solution 2 (parts) - 148 - - - Resin solution 3 (parts) - 150 - - - Resin solution 4 (parts) - - - 150 75 - & Lipid solution H1 (parts) - - - - 78 150 Photopolymerizable compound (C) Dipentaerythritol hexa-propionate (part) 50 50 50 50 50 50 Photopolymerization initiator (D) OXE-01 (part) 15 15 15 15 15 15 Solvent (F) Acid Ethyl ester (parts) 289 289 289 289 289 289 △ Eab* 4.8 4.3 4.5 3.6 3.9 8.7 1) PB15: 6 is mixed and dispersed with an acrylic dispersant (5 parts) and PGMEA (137 parts). 150731.doc • 125- 1 PV23 is mixed with PB15:6 (33 parts) with acrylic dispersant (5 parts) and PGMEA (137 parts). 201113303 [Synthesis Example 7] (Synthesis Example of Compound of Formula (2)) After adding 200 parts of water to 10.0 parts of toluidine-4-sulfonic acid represented by formula (a-2), it was cooled in an ice bath. Next, the pH was adjusted to 7 to 8 using a 30% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. The following operations were carried out under ice bath cooling. 11 1 part of sodium nitrite was added and stirred for 30 minutes. 39.0 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid was added in a small amount in a small amount to prepare a brown solution, and the mixture was mixed for 2 hours. To the reaction solution, an aqueous solution obtained by dissolving 10.1 parts of aminosulfuric acid in 1 part of water was added and stirred to obtain a suspension containing a diazonium salt.
於式(c-2)所示之1-(2-乙基己基)_3-氰基_4_曱基_6_羥基吡 咬-2-銅14.0份中添加水125份及N-甲基吡咯啶酮25.0份 後於冰浴冷卻下,利用3 〇%氫氧化鈉水溶液將pH值調節 成8〜9 〇Adding 125 parts of water and N-methyl to 14.0 parts of 1-(2-ethylhexyl)-3-cyano-4-indolyl-6-hydroxypyridin-2-copper represented by formula (c-2) After 25.0 parts of pyrrolidone, the pH was adjusted to 8~9 by using a 3 〇% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution under ice cooling.
以下操作係於冰浴冷卻下進行 形成無色溶夺· 攪拌上述吡啶酮水溶液The following operation is carried out under ice-cooling to form a colorless solution. The above aqueous solution of pyridone is stirred.
藉此獲得黃色懸浮 節成8〜9,— 液。滴加結 150731.doc -126- 201113303 液。將過濾所獲得之黃色固體於減壓下、60〇C下加以乾 燥’獲得式(d-3)所示之化合物21.4份(產率為87%)。Thereby, the yellow suspension is obtained into 8~9, liquid. Drop addition knot 150731.doc -126- 201113303 liquid. The yellow solid obtained by filtration was dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C to give 21.4 parts of the compound of formula (d-3) (yield: 87%).
HO^S -4 Vn=n 將化合物(d-3)0.35 g溶解於N,N-二曱基曱醯胺中,使體 積達到250 cm3,將其中之2 cm3用水稀釋,使體積達到1〇〇 cm (濃度.0.028 g/L),使用分光光度計[石英槽,槽之長 度為1 cm] ’測定吸收光譜。該化合物於ληΐ3χ=433 ηιη下顯 示2.9之吸光度(任意單元)。 於具備冷卻管及攪拌裝置之燒瓶中投入5〇份化合物 (d-3)、乙腈35份及N,N-二甲基曱醯胺ι·6份,於攪拌下一 面維持為20°C以下一面滴加亞硫醯氣2 4份。滴加結束 後,升溫至40°C,於相同溫度下維持2小時使之反應,其 後冷部至20 C。將冷卻後之反應溶液一面攪拌一面注入至 冰水15〇份中ϋ拌3〇分鐘。將所析出之黃色結晶過遽 分離’用自來水充分清洗’於室溫下乾燥工小時。另外準 備具備冷卻管及搜拌裝置之燒瓶,投人卜胺基_2_丙醇2〇 份及N-甲基吡咯啶酮2〇份,於攪拌下一面維持為抓以 下,一面歷時1小時授入今制 了仅入之則製備之黃色結晶。投入黃色 固體後’將液溫升溫直$它、、田始 直至至咖:後,將反應溶液攪拌30分 鐘。向反應溶液中添加甲辟jΛ a # μ 加甲幹40份並攪拌後,將該混合溶液 150731.doc •127- 201113303 一面攪拌一面添加於乙酸29份與離子交換水300份之混合 液中,使結晶析出。將所析出之結晶過濾分離,用離子交 換水充分清洗’於60°C下減壓乾燥,獲得式(ιπ_3)所示之 化合物3.9份(產率為69%)。HO^S -4 Vn=n Dissolve compound (d-3) 0.35 g in N,N-didecylguanamine to make the volume reach 250 cm3, and dilute 2 cm3 of it with water to make the volume reach 1〇. 〇cm (concentration: 0.028 g/L), the absorption spectrum was measured using a spectrophotometer [quartz tank, length of the groove 1 cm]. The compound showed an absorbance of 2.9 (arbitrary unit) at ληΐ3χ = 433 ηιη. 5 parts of the compound (d-3), 35 parts of acetonitrile, and 6 parts of N,N-dimethylguanamine ι·6 were placed in a flask equipped with a cooling tube and a stirring device, and maintained at 20 ° C or lower while stirring. Add 24 parts of sulfoxide to the side. After completion of the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 40 ° C, and the mixture was allowed to react at the same temperature for 2 hours, and then cooled to 20 C. The cooled reaction solution was poured into 15 parts of ice water while stirring for 3 minutes. The precipitated yellow crystals were separated by 充分 "cleaned thoroughly with tap water" and dried at room temperature for several hours. In addition, a flask equipped with a cooling tube and a mixing device was prepared, and 2 parts of chloramine 2 -propanol and 2 parts of N-methylpyrrolidone were administered, and the mixture was kept under the stirring for 1 hour. The yellow crystals prepared by the present invention were introduced. After the yellow solid was charged, the temperature of the liquid was raised to the temperature of the liquid, and the mixture was stirred until the coffee was finished: the reaction solution was stirred for 30 minutes. To the reaction solution, 40 parts of a solution and 40 parts of a dry solution were added and stirred, and the mixed solution was added to a mixture of 29 parts of acetic acid and 300 parts of ion-exchanged water while stirring, 150731.doc • 127-201113303. The crystals are precipitated. The precipitated crystals were separated by filtration, washed thoroughly with ion-exchanged water, and dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C to obtain 3.9 parts of a compound of the formula (m.sub.3) (yield: 69%).
將化合物(111-3)0.35 g溶解於乳酸乙酯中,使體積達到 250 cm3,將其中之2 cm3用離子交換水稀釋,使體積達到 100 cm3(濃度:0.028 g/L),使用分光光度計(石英槽,光 程長度:1 cm)測定吸收光譜。該化合物於Xmax=431 下 顯示2·3之吸光度(任意單元)。 以下反應係於氮氣環境下進行。於化合物(ΙΠ_3)2 〇份中 添加Ν-曱基吡咯啶酮4.〇份後,攪拌3〇分鐘,製備反應溶 液。於室溫下,一面攪拌反應溶液,一面滴加癸二醯氯 0.1份。滴加結束後,進而攪拌8小時。將反應溶液注入至 水300份中後,添加乙酸乙酯8〇份攪拌3〇分鐘。使用分液 漏斗分裝有機相後,進而利用水5〇〇份、1〇%碳酸鈉水溶 液5〇〇份、10%乙酸水溶液5〇〇份、及離子交換水5〇〇份2 行清洗。將分裝之有機相之溶劑蒸餾去除,獲得式(i_q所 示之化合物(染料A2)2.〇份。產率為μ%。 150731.doc 128· 2011133030.35 g of the compound (111-3) was dissolved in ethyl lactate to a volume of 250 cm3, and 2 cm3 of the compound was diluted with ion-exchanged water to a volume of 100 cm3 (concentration: 0.028 g/L) using spectrophotometry. The absorption spectrum was measured (quartz cell, optical path length: 1 cm). The compound showed an absorbance of 2·3 (arbitrary unit) at Xmax = 431. The following reaction was carried out under a nitrogen atmosphere. After the hydrazine-hydrazinopyrrolidone was added to the compound (ΙΠ_3) 2 parts, the mixture was stirred for 3 minutes to prepare a reaction solution. The reaction solution was stirred while stirring at room temperature, and 0.1 part of ruthenium dichloride was added dropwise. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred for 8 hours. After the reaction solution was poured into 300 parts of water, 8 parts of ethyl acetate was added and stirred for 3 minutes. The organic phase was separated by using a separatory funnel, and further washed with 5 parts of water, 5 parts of a 1% by weight aqueous sodium carbonate solution, 5 parts of a 10% aqueous acetic acid solution, and 5 parts of ion-exchanged water. The solvent of the organic phase of the partition was distilled off to obtain a compound (yield A2) of the formula (i_q). The yield was μ%. 150731.doc 128·201113303
化合物(1-6)之結構係藉由質譜分析而確定。質譜分析裝 置係使用JMS-700(日本電子股份有限公司製造)。 ’ 質譜分析:離子化模式=FD+ : m/z=l200 將化合物(1-6)0.35 g溶解於乳酸乙酯中,使體積達到25〇 Q Cm ’將其中之2 cm3用離子交換水稀釋,使體積達到100 cm (/辰度.0.028 g/L),使用分光光度計(石英槽,光程長 又1 Cm)測疋吸收光譜。該化合物於xmax=43 1 nm下顯示 2.2之吸光度(任意單元)。 [合成例8] (式(3)所示之化合物之合成例) 於2_胺基_4•甲基磺醯基-6-硝基苯酚(CAS No. 101861- 〇4·5) 7.5份中加入水65份後,添加氫氧化鈉13份並使其 〇 /合解。於冰浴冷卻下,添加35%亞硝酸鈉(和光純藥工業股 伤有限公司製造)水溶液6.1份,繼而將35%鹽酸19.4份以逐 -人v量之方式進行添加而使其溶解,攪拌2小時獲得含 有重氮鑷鹽之懸浮液。繼而,緩慢添加使胺基硫酸(和光 純藥工業股份有限公司製造)5.6份溶解於水26份中所得之 水/容液’將過剩之亞硝酸鈉淬滅。 繼而 ± 、 使3 ·曱基-1 -苯基-5 - °比唾嚇酮(和光純藥工業股份 有限△司製造)5.6份懸浮於水70份中’使用氫氧化鈉將pH 值調整成8.0。此時,一面於上述含有重氮鏽鹽之懸浮液 150731.doc •129- 201113303 中適當追加l〇%氫氧化鈉溶液以將151^值控制在7〜7 5之範 圍内,一面歷時15分鐘滴加該懸浮液。滴加結束後,進而 攪拌30分鐘,藉此獲得黃色懸浮液。攪拌丨小時。將過濾 獲得之育色固體於減壓下、60°C下加以乾燥,獲得式(p-1) 所示之化合物11.7份(產率為87。/〇)。The structure of the compound (1-6) was determined by mass spectrometry. The mass spectrometry apparatus was JMS-700 (manufactured by JEOL Ltd.). ' Mass spectrometry: ionization mode = FD+ : m/z = l200 0.35 g of compound (1-6) was dissolved in ethyl lactate to a volume of 25 〇 Q Cm '2 cm3 of which was diluted with ion-exchanged water. The volume was made up to 100 cm (/time.0.028 g/L), and the absorption spectrum was measured using a spectrophotometer (quartz cell, optical path length 1 Cm). The compound showed an absorbance of 2.2 (arbitrary unit) at xmax = 43 1 nm. [Synthesis Example 8] (Synthesis example of the compound represented by the formula (3)) 7.5 parts of 2-amino group 4-methylsulfonyl-6-nitrophenol (CAS No. 101861-〇4·5) After adding 65 parts of water, 13 parts of sodium hydroxide was added and the mixture was decomposed and combined. After cooling in an ice bath, 6.1 parts of an aqueous solution of 35% sodium nitrite (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) was added, and then 19.4 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid was added in a form of a human-to-human amount to dissolve and stir. A suspension containing the diazonium salt was obtained in 2 hours. Then, the water/liquid solution obtained by dissolving 5.6 parts of the aminosulfuric acid (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) in 26 parts of water was slowly added to quench the excess sodium nitrite. Then, 5.6 parts of sulphonic acid (made by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) was suspended in 70 parts of water. 'Use sodium hydroxide to adjust the pH value to 8.0. At this time, a l〇% sodium hydroxide solution is appropriately added to the suspension containing the diazo rust salt 150731.doc • 129-201113303 to control the value of 151^ in the range of 7 to 7 5 for 15 minutes. The suspension was added dropwise. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes, whereby a yellow suspension was obtained. Stir for 丨 hours. The nucleation solid obtained by filtration was dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C to obtain 11.7 parts of the compound of formula (p-1) (yield: 87.%).
(P-1) 將式(p-2)之化合物10份添加於二曱基甲醯胺(東京化成 工業股份有限公司製造)丨〇〇份中並溶解,添加十二水合硫 酸链絡(111)(和光純藥工業股份有限公司製造)31份、乙酸 鈉(和光純藥工業股份有限公司製造)1.1份後,加熱回流4 個半小時。冷卻至室溫後,將反應溶液注入至2〇%食鹽水 1500份中’將過濾後所獲得之紅橙色固體於6〇它下加以乾 燥,獲彳于式(Ζ·Π所示之化合物13.6份(63。/〇)。(P-1) 10 parts of the compound of the formula (p-2) was added to a hydrazine group (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and dissolved, and a sulfate chain of 12 hydrate was added (111). 31 parts (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) and 1.1 parts of sodium acetate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were heated and refluxed for 4 and a half hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was poured into 1500 parts of 2% saline solution. The reddish-orange solid obtained after filtration was dried under 6 Torr to obtain the compound 13.6 represented by the formula (Ζ·Π). Share (63. / 〇).
式(z-1)所 JMS-700 (日 不之化合物之結構係使用質譜分析裝置 本電子股份有限公司製造)而鑑定。 150731.doc •130- 201113303 式(z-l)所示之化合物之鑑定 (質譜分析)離子化模式=ESI- : m/z=882.1[M-Na+r 精確質量(Exact Mass) : 905.1 於玫瑰紅B(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造)丨8份中添 加無水氣仿(關東化學股份有限公司製造}170份、樟腦磺酸 , (Aldrich股份有限公司製造口.0份、4_(N,N_二甲基胺基)吡 啶(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造)14份、三乙二醇(和 光純藥工業股份有限公司製造)1 8份,攪拌約3 〇分鐘。其 〇 後,緩慢添加於卜乙基-3-(3-二甲基胺基丙基)碳二醯亞胺 鹽酸鹽(和光純藥工業股份有限公司製造)1〇 5份中加入無 水氯仿47份並預先溶解而得之溶液後,於室溫下授拌約2 小時。以1 N鹽酸水溶液150份進行2次分液操作後,以1〇% 食鹽水150份將有機層清洗2次。繼而添加無水硫酸鎂^份 並攪拌約3 0分鐘後,過濾乾燥劑並將溶劑蒸餾去除,藉此 獲得式(g-1)所示之化合物20.6份(產率為90%)。 式(g-1)所示之化合物之鏗定 ❹ (質譜刀析)離子化模式=ESi+ : ^/2=575.3[M-Cr] + 精確質量:610.3The JMS-700 of the formula (z-1) was identified by using a mass spectrometer (manufactured by the Electronics Co., Ltd.). 150731.doc •130- 201113303 Identification of compounds of formula (zl) (mass spectrometry) Ionization mode=ESI- : m/z=882.1[M-Na+r Exact Mass: 905.1 in rose red B (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 无水8 parts were added with anhydrous gas imitation (manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.) 170 parts, camphorsulfonic acid, (made by Aldrich Co., Ltd. 0 parts, 4_(N, N_) 14 parts of dimethylamino)pyridine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 13 parts of triethylene glycol (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and stirred for about 3 〇 minutes. Butyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 1 part of 5 parts, a solution of 47 parts of anhydrous chloroform and pre-dissolved After that, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 2 hours. After two times of liquid separation operation with 150 parts of 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, the organic layer was washed twice with 150 parts of 1% saline, followed by the addition of anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After stirring for about 30 minutes, the desiccant is filtered and the solvent is distilled off, thereby obtaining 20.6 parts of the compound (g-1) (yield 90%). Determination of the compound of the formula (g-1) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESi+ : ^/2 = 575.3 [ M-Cr] + exact quality: 610.3
於式(z-I)所示之化合物253份中添加甲醇4〇3〇份而製備 150731.doc -131 - 201113303 ;谷液(S3)。又,於(g_i)所示之化合物153份中添加甲醇ι〇8〇 份而製備溶液(t3)。其後於室溫下將溶液(s3)與溶液(t3)加 以混合,攪拌約1小時。將所生成之紅色固體於減壓下、 60°C下加以乾燥,利用水35〇〇份清洗後進行過濾,於6〇t 下加以減壓乾燥,獲得式(3a_23)所示之化合物(染料 A3)263份(產率為65%)。 式(3a-23)所示之化合物之結構係藉由元素分析而確定。 分析設備係使用ICP(inductively coupled Plasma,感應耦 合電漿)發光分析裝置(ICPS_8100 ;島津製作所股份有限公 司製造)。To a solution of 253 parts of the compound represented by the formula (z-I), 4? 3 parts of methanol was added to prepare 150731.doc -131 - 201113303; a solution (S3). Further, a solution (t3) was prepared by adding 8 parts of methanol ι〇 to 153 parts of the compound represented by (g_i). Thereafter, the solution (s3) and the solution (t3) were mixed at room temperature, and stirred for about 1 hour. The resulting red solid was dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C, washed with 35 parts of water, filtered, and dried under reduced pressure at 6 〇t to obtain a compound of formula (3a-23). A3) 263 parts (yield 65%). The structure of the compound represented by the formula (3a-23) is determined by elemental analysis. The analytical equipment was an ICP (inductively coupled plasma) luminescence analyzer (ICPS_8100; manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation).
[實施例6 ] (著色感光性樹脂組合物之製備) 45份 10份 5份 155份 將(A)著色劑:c.I.顏料綠58(顏料:PG58) (A)著色劑:C_I.顏料黃138(顏料:PY138) 丙烯酸系顏料分散劑 丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 加以混合’使用珠磨機使顏料充分分散,繼而混合 150731.doc •132· 201113303 (A) 著色劑:染料A2 10份 (B) 樹脂:樹脂溶液1 150份 (C) 光聚合性化合物:二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 (KAYARAD DPHA ;曰本化藥股份有限公司製造)5 0份 (D) 光聚合起始劑:N-苯曱醯氧基-1-(4-苯基硫烷基苯 ^ 基)辛烧-1 -酮-2-亞胺(Irgacure OXE-01 ; Ciba Japan公司製 造) 15份 (E) 溶劑:乳酸乙酯 250份 〇 獲得著色感光性樹脂組合物。 以與實施例1相同之方式獲得圖案,並對其進行評價。 結果示於表23。 [實施例7〜10] 除了以成為表23所示組成之方式變更樹脂或組合複數種 樹脂以外,以與實施例6相同之方式獲得著色感光性樹脂 組合物。又,以與實施例1相同之方式獲得圖案,並對其 進行評價。結果示於表23。 〇 150731.doc 133- 201113303 [表 23] 實施例 6 7 8 9 10 著色劑 (A) PG58(份)υ 45 45 45 45 45 RY138(份)1) 10 10 10 10 10 A2(份) 10 10 10 10 10 樹脂溶液1(份) 150 - - - - 樹脂溶液2(份) - 148 - - - 黏合樹脂(B) 樹脂溶液3(份) - - 150 - - 樹脂溶液4(份) - - - 150 75 樹脂溶液H1(份) - - - - 78 光聚合性化合物 (C) 二季戊四醇六 丙稀酸S旨(份) 50 50 50 50 50 光聚合起始劑 (D) OXE-01 (份) 15 15 15 15 15 溶劑(F) 乳酸乙S旨(份) 250 250 250 250 250 △Eab* 2.2 3.0 3.3 2.9 3.1 1) PG58及PY138係一起與丙烯酸系分散劑(5份)及丙二醇 單甲醚乙酸酯(155份)混合並分散。 [實施例11] (著色感光性樹脂組合物之製備) 將(A)著色劑:C.I.顏料紅254(顏料:PR254) 40份 (A)著色劑:C.I.顏料紅177(顏料:PR177) 17份 丙烯酸系顏料分散劑 6份 丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 148份 加以混合,使用珠磨機使顏料充分分散,繼而混合 150731.doc -134- 201113303 (A) 著色劑:染料A3 10份 (B) 樹脂:樹脂溶液1 150份 (C) 光聚合性化合物:二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 (KAYARAD DPHA ;曰本化藥股份有限公司製造)50份 (D) 光聚合起始劑:N-苯甲醯氧基-1-(4-苯基硫烷基苯 , 基)辛烷-1-酮-2-亞胺(Irgacure OXE-01 ; Ciba Japan公司製 造) 15份 (E) 溶劑:乳酸乙酯 250份 〇 獲得著色感光性樹脂組合物。 以與實施例1相同之方式獲得圖案,並對其進行評價。 結果示於表24。 [實施例12〜15] 除了以成為表24所示組成之方式變更樹脂或組合複數種 樹脂以外,以與實施例11相同之方式獲得著色感光性樹脂 組合物。又,以與實施例1相同之方式獲得圖案,並對其 進行評價。結果示於表24。 〇 150731.doc 135 - 201113303 [表 24] 實施例 11 12 13 14 15 著色劑 ㈧ PR254(份)1) 40 40 40 40 40 RP177(份)” 17 17 17 17 17 A3(份) 10 10 10 10 10 黏合樹脂(B) 樹脂溶液1(份) 150 - - - 樹脂溶液2(份) - 148 - - - 樹脂溶液3(份) - - 150 - - 樹脂溶液4(份) - - - 150 75 樹脂溶液H1(份) - - - - 78 光聚合性化合物 (C) 二季戊四醇六 丙烯酸酯(份) 50 50 50 50 50 光聚合起始劑 (D) OXE-01 (份) 15 15 15 15 15 溶劑(F) 乳酸乙酯(份) 250 250 250 250 250 △Eab* 2.5 2.9 2.6 2.2 2.5 1) PR254及PR177係一起與丙烯酸系分散劑(6份)及丙二醇 單甲醚乙酸酯(148份)混合並分散。 使用實施例之著色感光性樹脂組合物所形成的圖案中, △ Eab*顯示較小之值,確認其对熱性較高。 產業上之可利用性 根據本發明,可獲得高耐熱性之塗膜、圖案及彩色濾光 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1係說明本發明之彩色濾光片之製造方法的概略圖。 150731.doc -136- 201113303 圖2係說明本發明之彩色濾光片之製造方法的概略圖。 圖3係說明本發明之彩色濾光片之製造方法的概略圖。 圖4係說明本發明之彩色濾光片之製造方法的概略圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 Ο[Example 6] (Preparation of colored photosensitive resin composition) 45 parts 10 parts 5 parts 155 parts (A) Colorant: cI Pigment Green 58 (Pigment: PG58) (A) Colorant: C_I. Pigment Yellow 138 (Pigment: PY138) Acrylic pigment dispersant propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was mixed. 'The beads were thoroughly dispersed using a bead mill, and then mixed 150731.doc •132· 201113303 (A) Colorant: Dye A2 10 parts (B Resin: Resin solution 1 150 parts (C) Photopolymerizable compound: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.) 50 parts (D) Photopolymerization initiator: N-benzoquinone醯oxy-1-(4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octyl-1-ketone-2-imine (Irgacure OXE-01; manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 15 parts (E) Solvent: ethyl lactate A coloring photosensitive resin composition was obtained in 250 parts of hydrazine. A pattern was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 and evaluated. The results are shown in Table 23. [Examples 7 to 10] A colored photosensitive resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 6 except that the resin was changed or a plurality of resins were combined so as to have the composition shown in Table 23. Further, a pattern was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 and evaluated. The results are shown in Table 23. 〇150731.doc 133- 201113303 [Table 23] Example 6 7 8 9 10 Colorant (A) PG58 (part) υ 45 45 45 45 45 RY138 (parts) 1) 10 10 10 10 10 A2 (parts) 10 10 10 10 10 Resin solution 1 (parts) 150 - - - - Resin solution 2 (parts) - 148 - - - Adhesive resin (B) Resin solution 3 (parts) - - 150 - - Resin solution 4 (parts) - - - 150 75 Resin solution H1 (parts) - - - - 78 Photopolymerizable compound (C) Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylic acid S (part) 50 50 50 50 50 Photopolymerization initiator (D) OXE-01 (part) 15 15 15 15 15 Solvent (F) Ethyl lactate (parts) 250 250 250 250 250 △ Eab* 2.2 3.0 3.3 2.9 3.1 1) PG58 and PY138 together with acrylic dispersant (5 parts) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether The acetate (155 parts) was mixed and dispersed. [Example 11] (Preparation of colored photosensitive resin composition) (A) Colorant: CI Pigment Red 254 (Pigment: PR254) 40 parts (A) Colorant: CI Pigment Red 177 (Pigment: PR177) 17 parts Acrylic pigment dispersant 146 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was mixed, and the pigment was sufficiently dispersed using a bead mill, followed by mixing 150731.doc -134- 201113303 (A) Colorant: Dye A3 10 parts (B) Resin: Resin solution 1 150 parts (C) Photopolymerizable compound: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.) 50 parts (D) Photopolymerization initiator: N-benzonitrile 1-(4-phenylsulfanylbenzene, phenyl)octane-1-one-2-imine (Irgacure OXE-01; manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 15 parts (E) Solvent: 250 parts of ethyl lactate着色 A colored photosensitive resin composition was obtained. A pattern was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 and evaluated. The results are shown in Table 24. [Examples 12 to 15] A colored photosensitive resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 11 except that the resin was changed or a plurality of resins were combined so as to have the composition shown in Table 24. Further, a pattern was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 and evaluated. The results are shown in Table 24. 〇150731.doc 135 - 201113303 [Table 24] Example 11 12 13 14 15 Colorant (8) PR254 (parts) 1) 40 40 40 40 40 RP177 (parts) 17 17 17 17 17 A3 (parts) 10 10 10 10 10 Adhesive resin (B) Resin solution 1 (parts) 150 - - - Resin solution 2 (parts) - 148 - - - Resin solution 3 (parts) - - 150 - - Resin solution 4 (parts) - - - 150 75 Resin Solution H1 (parts) - - - - 78 Photopolymerizable compound (C) Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (parts) 50 50 50 50 50 Photopolymerization initiator (D) OXE-01 (parts) 15 15 15 15 15 Solvent (F) Ethyl lactate (parts) 250 250 250 250 250 △ Eab* 2.5 2.9 2.6 2.2 2.5 1) PR254 and PR177 together with acrylic dispersant (6 parts) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (148 parts) In the pattern formed by the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the example, Δ Eab* shows a small value, and it is confirmed that it is highly heat-sensitive. Industrial Applicability According to the present invention, high heat resistance can be obtained. Coating film, pattern and color filter [Simplified illustration of the drawing] Fig. 1 is a view showing a method of manufacturing the color filter of the present invention BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 2 is a schematic view showing a method of manufacturing a color filter of the present invention. Fig. 3 is a schematic view showing a method of manufacturing a color filter of the present invention. A schematic view of a method of producing a color filter of the present invention. [Description of main component symbols] Ο
21 玻璃基板 22 TFT(開關元件) 22a 閘極電極 22b 閘極絕緣膜 22c 多晶妙膜 22d 保護膜 23 彩色濾光片層 23A 著色感光性樹脂組1 23a 紅色濾光片 23b 綠色濾光片 23c 藍色濾光片 24 像素電極 27 信號線 29 感光性樹脂膜(保護 201 ' 202 連接孔 150731.doc -137-21 Glass substrate 22 TFT (switching element) 22a Gate electrode 22b Gate insulating film 22c Polycrystalline film 22d Protective film 23 Color filter layer 23A Colored photosensitive resin group 1 23a Red filter 23b Green filter 23c Blue filter 24 pixel electrode 27 signal line 29 photosensitive resin film (protection 201 '202 connection hole 150731.doc -137-
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2009233129 | 2009-10-07 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201113303A true TW201113303A (en) | 2011-04-16 |
Family
ID=43886494
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW099130889A TW201113303A (en) | 2009-10-07 | 2010-09-13 | Colored photosensitive resin compositions |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP2011100114A (en) |
KR (1) | KR101786898B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN102033428A (en) |
TW (1) | TW201113303A (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI477526B (en) * | 2011-08-26 | 2015-03-21 | 羅門哈斯電子材料韓國公司 | Photopolymerizable unsaturated resin, photosensitive resin composition comprising the same, and light shielding spacer and liquid crystal display device formed therefrom |
TWI566040B (en) * | 2012-02-23 | 2017-01-11 | 住友化學股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition |
TWI596432B (en) * | 2011-06-10 | 2017-08-21 | 住友化學股份有限公司 | Colored photosensitive resin composition |
Families Citing this family (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI491982B (en) * | 2009-10-28 | 2015-07-11 | Sumitomo Chemical Co | Coloring the photosensitive resin composition |
JP5993626B2 (en) * | 2011-06-24 | 2016-09-14 | 住友化学株式会社 | Salt and colored curable composition |
JP6019774B2 (en) * | 2011-06-29 | 2016-11-02 | 住友化学株式会社 | Curable resin composition |
KR101632461B1 (en) * | 2011-08-05 | 2016-06-21 | 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 | Colored curable resin composition |
JP6051689B2 (en) * | 2011-09-09 | 2016-12-27 | 住友化学株式会社 | Colored photosensitive resin composition |
CN103034056A (en) * | 2011-10-07 | 2013-04-10 | 住友化学株式会社 | Colored photosensitive resin composition |
JP2013125061A (en) * | 2011-12-13 | 2013-06-24 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device |
JP5978670B2 (en) * | 2012-03-15 | 2016-08-24 | 住友化学株式会社 | Colored curable resin composition |
KR102155239B1 (en) * | 2012-05-29 | 2020-09-11 | 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 | Colored curable resin composition |
TWI588142B (en) * | 2012-07-31 | 2017-06-21 | 住友化學股份有限公司 | Colored curable resin composition |
JP2014170098A (en) * | 2013-03-04 | 2014-09-18 | Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd | Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter |
KR101819656B1 (en) * | 2014-05-13 | 2018-01-17 | 제일모직 주식회사 | Photosensitive resin composition and color filter using the same |
CN106556969A (en) * | 2015-09-29 | 2017-04-05 | 株式会社田村制作所 | Photosensitive polymer combination |
KR101897040B1 (en) | 2016-02-26 | 2018-09-11 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Novel compound, colorant including the same, positive photosensitive resin composition including the same and color filter |
KR102143261B1 (en) | 2016-04-01 | 2020-08-10 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Ink composition, cured pattern manufactured by the ink composition, heating element comprising the ink pattern and method for manufacturing the heating element |
KR102558491B1 (en) * | 2019-03-12 | 2023-07-21 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | A blue color photosensitive resin composition for organic light emitting diodes, a color filter and an image display device comprising the same |
KR20240107539A (en) * | 2022-12-30 | 2024-07-09 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | Red colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter manufactured from thereof and solid state pickup device or display device comprising the same |
Family Cites Families (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP4081217B2 (en) * | 1999-03-17 | 2008-04-23 | 互応化学工業株式会社 | UV curable resin composition, photo solder resist ink, pre-dried film, substrate and printed wiring board |
AU2001286219A1 (en) * | 2000-09-14 | 2002-03-26 | Goo Chemical Co., Ltd. | Ultraviolet-curing resin composition and photo solder resist ink containing the same |
EP1494073A3 (en) * | 2001-09-21 | 2005-04-06 | Tamura Kaken Corporation | Photosensitive resin composition and printed wiring board |
TW200639583A (en) * | 2005-02-28 | 2006-11-16 | Sumitomo Chemical Co | Coloring composition |
JP2007058085A (en) * | 2005-08-26 | 2007-03-08 | Fujifilm Holdings Corp | Colorant-containing curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same |
CN101044432B (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2011-12-14 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | Alkali development-type photosensitive resin composition, substrate with projections for liquid crystal division alignment control formed using the same, and liquid crystal display device |
CN101153127A (en) * | 2007-09-06 | 2008-04-02 | 湖南阳光新材料有限公司 | White composition capable of solidifying by ultraviolet light |
-
2010
- 2010-09-13 TW TW099130889A patent/TW201113303A/en unknown
- 2010-09-30 JP JP2010222051A patent/JP2011100114A/en active Pending
- 2010-10-05 KR KR1020100096687A patent/KR101786898B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2010-10-08 CN CN2010105117066A patent/CN102033428A/en active Pending
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI596432B (en) * | 2011-06-10 | 2017-08-21 | 住友化學股份有限公司 | Colored photosensitive resin composition |
TWI477526B (en) * | 2011-08-26 | 2015-03-21 | 羅門哈斯電子材料韓國公司 | Photopolymerizable unsaturated resin, photosensitive resin composition comprising the same, and light shielding spacer and liquid crystal display device formed therefrom |
TWI566040B (en) * | 2012-02-23 | 2017-01-11 | 住友化學股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2011100114A (en) | 2011-05-19 |
KR20110037887A (en) | 2011-04-13 |
KR101786898B1 (en) | 2017-10-18 |
CN102033428A (en) | 2011-04-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TW201113303A (en) | Colored photosensitive resin compositions | |
TWI534209B (en) | Salt and colored curable composition | |
TWI491982B (en) | Coloring the photosensitive resin composition | |
JP6928634B2 (en) | Color curable resin composition | |
JP2019065288A (en) | Coloring curable resin composition | |
TW201111447A (en) | Production method of pigment dispersion solution | |
TWI664243B (en) | Colored curable resin composition | |
TWI476517B (en) | Coloring the photosensitive resin composition | |
TW201131294A (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition | |
TW201538641A (en) | Coloring composition, coloring cured film and display element | |
TW201224064A (en) | Basic colorant, color composition, color filter and display element | |
TWI466867B (en) | Compounds | |
JP2011118368A (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition | |
JP2011118369A (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition | |
TWI515268B (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition and compound | |
TW201625745A (en) | Compound and curable coloring resin composition | |
TWI778975B (en) | Coloring composition | |
TWI670268B (en) | Compound | |
JP6625409B2 (en) | Colored curable composition, coating film, color filter, and display device | |
JP6480728B2 (en) | Compound | |
TWI526432B (en) | Dyes and coloring compositions | |
KR101826806B1 (en) | Dyes and colored compositions | |
CN112567295B (en) | Colored curable resin composition, color filter and display device | |
WO2023037790A1 (en) | Colored curable resin composition, color filter, display device, and solid-state imaging device | |
KR20240097758A (en) | Colored curable resin composition, color filter, display device and solid-state imaging element |